Car Bodyshop Product Range by Wurth-MT

BODYSHOP PRODUCT RANGE

CONTENTS Page Parts Replacement

4 – 77

Page Dent Removal

78 – 85

Page Welding

86 – 147

Page Sanding

148 – 199

Page Windshield Replacement

200 – 229

Page Bonding and Sealing

230 – 253

Page Corrosion Protection

254 – 259

Page Material Treatment

260 – 305 3

PARTS REPLACEMENT Page Cutting Discs

6 – 12

Grinding Discs

13 – 22

Drills and Milling cutters

23 – 24

Saw and file blades

25 – 26

Twist drills

27 – 40

Sheet metal conical drills

41 – 42

Useful helpers

Stepped twist drill

44 – 47

Conical countersink

48 – 51

Milling bits

52 – 54

Screw taps

55 – 62

Sawing

63 – 67

Useful helpers Plate shears Useful helpers Grip tongs

68 69 – 70 71 72 – 75

Piercing pliers

Useful helpers

Cutting discs

Longlife cutting disc for steel

Extremely long service life, optimal cutting capacity in solid and shaped material, very high lateral stability. • Synthetic resin-bonded, fibrous material-reinforced high-performance cutting discs • For free-hand cutting with electric or pneumatic angle grinders • Extremely low susceptibility to breakage • Minimal dimension and imbalance tolerances Drill hole Max. circumferential speed

22.23 mm 80 m/s

Diameter x thickness 115 x 2.5 mm 125 x 2.5 mm 180 x 2.5 mm

Design Cranked Cranked Straight

Proof of performance

Max. rotation speed 13300 rpm 12200 rpm 8500 rpm

Meets the maximum safety requirements in accordance with the EN 12413 European standard.

Art. no. 0670 101 152 0670 101 252 0670 101 802

P. Qty. 25 25 25

Cutting discs

Longlife cutting disc for aluminium/non-ferrous metals Extremely long service life, optimal cutting capacity in solid and profile material, very high lateral stability. • Synthetic resin-bonded, fibre-reinforced high-performance cutting discs • For free-hand cutting with electric or pneumatic angle grinders • Extremely low susceptibility to breakage Drill hole Max. circumferential speed

22.23 mm 80 m/s

Diameter x thickness 115 x 2.5 mm 125 x 2.5 mm 180 x 2.5 mm

Design Cranked Cranked Straight

Max. rotation speed 13300 rpm 12200 rpm 8500 rpm

Art. no. 0670 121 152 0670 121 252 0670 121 802

P. Qty. 25 25 25

Proof of performance

Meets the maximum safety requirements in accordance with the EN 12413 European standard.

Cutting discs

Speed cutting disc for steel

Especially for thin-walled pipes and profiles, thin metal sheets, motor vehicle body sheets • Extreme cutting capacity (very short cutting times) with very long service life • Extremely thin for precise, virtually burr and chatter-free cuts (very clean and cool cutting surfaces) • Very comfortable operation available to protect the user and machine • Low cutting waste and dust formation • Low noise development and high break resistance Versatility Service life Cutting ability (point system) Handling/user-friendliness (point system) Cut quality (point system) Design Max. circumferential speed Color Coding System

Diameter x thickness 50 x 2 mm 60 x 2 mm 115 x 1 mm 115 x 1.6 mm 125 x 1 mm 125 x 1.6 mm 180 x 2 mm

Proof of performance

●○○○ ●●●○ ●●●● ●●●○ ●●●○ Straight 80 m/s ▉ Steel

Drill hole 6 mm 6 mm 22.23 mm 22.23 mm 22.23 mm 22.23 mm 22.23 mm

Max. rotation speed 30500 rpm 25000 rpm 13300 rpm 13300 rpm 12250 rpm 12250 rpm 8500 rpm

Meets the maximum safety requirements in accordance with the EN 12413 European standard.

Art. no. 0664 100 502 0664 100 602 0664 101 150 0664 101 151 0664 101 250 0664 101 251 0664 101 802

P. Qty. 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

Cutting discs

Speed cutting disc for non-ferrous metals/aluminium

Especially for thin-walled pipes and profiles, thin metal sheets, bodywork panels etc. • Extreme cutting capacity (very short cutting times) with very long service life • Extremely thin for precise, virtually burr and chatter-free cuts (very clean and cool cutting surfaces) • Very comfortable operation available to protect the user and machine • Low cutting waste and dust formation • Low noise development and high break resistance Service life Cutting ability (point system) Handling/user-friendliness (point system) Drill hole Design

Art. no. P. Qty. Color Coding System Versatility (points system) Cut quality (point system) Diameter x thickness Max. rotation speed Max. circumferential speed

●●●○ ●●●● ●●●○ 22.23 mm Straight

0664 121 150 1/25 ▉ Aluminium ●●○○ ●●●● 115 x 1 mm 13300 rpm 80 m/s

0664 121 250 1/25 ▉ Aluminium ●●○○ ●●●● 125 x 1 mm 12250 rpm 80 m/s

0664 121 151 25

0664 121 251 25

●○○○ ●●●○ 115 x 1.5 mm 13300 rpm

●○○○ ●●●○ 125 x 1.5 mm 12200 rpm

Proof of performance

Meets the maximum safety requirements in accordance with the EN 12413 European standard.

Cutting discs

Cutting disc Speed plus for stainless steel

Especially for thin-walled pipes and profiles, thin metal sheets, bodywork panels etc. • Extreme cutting capacity (very short cutting times) with very long service life • Extremely thin for precise, virtually burr and chatter-free cuts (very clean and cool cutting surfaces) • Very comfortable operation available to protect the user and machine • Low cutting waste and dust formation • Low noise development and high break resistance • Free of iron, chlorine and sulphur (≤ 0.1%) Versatility Service life Cutting ability (point system) Handling/user-friendliness (point system) Cut quality (point system) Max. circumferential speed Color Coding System

Diameter x thickness 50 x 1 mm 60 x 1 mm 76 x 1 mm 100 x 1 mm 115 x 0.8 mm 115 x 1 mm 115 x 1.6 mm 125 x 0.8 mm 125 x 1 mm 125 x 1.6 mm 180 x 1.6 mm

Drill hole 6 mm 6 mm 10 mm 10 mm 22.23 mm 22.23 mm 22.23 mm 22.23 mm 22.23 mm 22.23 mm 22.23 mm

●●○○ ●●●○ ●●●● ●●●○ ●●●○ 80 m/s ▉ Stainless steel

Design Straight Straight Straight Straight Cranked Straight Straight Cranked Straight Straight Straight

Max. rotation speed 30500 rpm 25000 rpm 20100 rpm 15300 rpm 13300 rpm 13300 rpm 13300 rpm 12250 rpm 12250 rpm 12250 rpm 8500 rpm

Proof of performance

Suitable for KWU Class II (e.g. pipeline and reactor construction) Meets the maximum safety requirements in accordance with the EN 12413 European standard.

Art. no. 0664 130 501 0664 130 601 0664 130 761 0664 131 000 0664 131 148 0664 131 150 0664 131 151 0664 131 248 0664 131 250 0664 131 251 0664 131 801

P. Qty. 50 50 10/50 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

Cutting discs

Cutting disc for steel

High-performance standard disc with excellent performance values. • Synthetic resin-bonded, fibrous material-reinforced standard cutting disc • For free-hand cutting with electric or pneumatic angle grinders • High break resistance • Max. circumferential speed 80 m/s

Drill hole Max. circumferential speed

22.23 mm 80 m/s

Diameter x thickness 115 x 2.5 mm 125 x 2.5 mm 180 x 3 mm

Design Cranked Cranked Straight

Max. rotation speed 13300 rpm 12200 rpm 8500 rpm

Art. no. 0669 101 152 0669 101 252 0669 101 803

P. Qty. 25 25 25

Art. no. 0669 131 150 0669 131 250

P. Qty. 100 25/100

Proof of performance

Meets the maximum safety requirements in accordance with the EN 12413 European standard.

Cutting disc for stainless steel

Diameter x thickness 115 x 1 mm 125 x 1 mm

22.23 mm Straight 80 m/s

Max. rotation speed 13300 rpm 12200 rpm

Proof of performance

Meets the maximum safety requirements in accordance with the EN 12413 European standard.

Cutting discs

Clamping mandrel for cutting discs and grinding discs One for all. Clamping mandrel for cutting and grinding discs with 6-mm or 10-mm hole for use on axial or straight grinders.

• Clamping range from 0–8 mm • Clamping screw is fully countersunk in the clamping mandrel • Clamping screw with large contact surface and right-hand thread (self-clamping effect) • Clamping screw with large support surface and lengthwise slit Shaft diameter Suitable for bore diameter 6 mm 10 mm

6 mm Length 54 mm 58 mm

Art. no. 0664 976 0664 978

P. Qty. 1 1

Grinding discs

Longlife rough grinding disc for steel

Especially long service life combined with high removal rates. • Synthetic resin-bonded, fibre-reinforced high-performance roughing wheels • For freehand grinding with electric or pneumatic angle grinders • Extremely low susceptibility to breakage • Minimal dimension and imbalance tolerances

Drill hole Design

Diameter x thickness 115 x 4 mm 115 x 7 mm 125 x 4 mm 125 x 7 mm 180 x 8 mm 230 x 8 mm

22.23 mm Cranked

Max. rotation speed 13300 rpm 13300 rpm 12200 rpm 12200 rpm 8500 rpm 6600 rpm

Art. no. 0670 161 154 0670 161 157 0670 161 254 0670 161 257 0670 161 808 0670 162 308

P. Qty. 25 25 25 25 10 10

Proof of performance

Complies with the highest safety requirements of European Standard EN 12413.

Grinding discs

Longlife rough grinding disc for aluminium/ non-ferrous metals

Drill hole Design

Diameter x thickness 115 x 7 mm 125 x 7 mm 180 x 7 mm

Proof of performance

22.23 mm Cranked

Max. rotation speed 13300 rpm 12200 rpm 8500 rpm

Complies with the highest safety requirements of European Standard EN 12413.

Art. no. 0670 171 157 0670 171 257 0670 171 807

P. Qty. 25 25 10

Grinding discs

Long-Life Roughing Wheel for Stainless Steel

Drill hole Design

Diameter x thickness 115 x 7 mm 125 x 7 mm

22.23 mm Cranked

Max. rotation speed 13300 rpm 12200 rpm

Art. no. 0670 181 157 0670 181 257

P. Qty. 25 25

Proof of performance

Complies with the highest safety requirements of European Standard EN 12413.

Grinding discs

Speed rough grinding disc for steel

Especially high removal rates combined with long service life. • Very pleasant and gentle grinding • Synthetic resin-bonded, fibre-reinforced high-performance roughing wheels • For freehand grinding with electric or pneumatic angle grinders • Extremely low susceptibility to breakage

Diameter x thickness 60 x 6 mm 115 x 4 mm 115 x 7 mm 125 x 4 mm 125 x 7 mm

Drill hole 6 mm 22.23 mm 22.23 mm 22.23 mm 22.23 mm

Proof of performance

Design Straight Cranked Cranked Cranked Cranked

Max. rotation speed 25000 rpm 13300 rpm 13300 rpm 12200 rpm 12200 rpm

Complies with the highest safety requirements of European Standard EN 12413.

Art. no. 0664 160 606 0664 161 154 0664 161 157 0664 161 254 0664 161 257

P. Qty. 25 25 25 25 25

Grinding discs

Synthetic corundum vulcanised fibre disc Tear-resistant, tough-elastic sanding discs 22, 23 mm hole with cross recess Backing material made of vulcanised fibre • Grain size 16–50: 0.8 mm • Grain size 60–120: 0.6 mm Bore diameter Max. rotation speed Color Coding System

22.23 mm 13300 rpm ▉ Steel

Art. no. 0580 1…

Available in different versions. Diameter: 115 to 180 mm Grid Size 16 to 120 P. Qty.: 50

Vulcanised fibre discs, Topsize zirconia alumina Tear-resistant, tough-elastic sanding disc

• 22, 23 mm hole with cross slot • Carrier material made from vulcanised fibre • Consistent removal rates • Topsize coating (= specialised zirconia alumina with cooling multi-bonding and active grinding fillers) and highly elastic fully synthetic resin bonding Bore diameter Color Coding System

22.23 mm ▉ Stainles steel

Art. no. 0580 5…

Available in different versions. Diameter: 115 to 125 mm Grid Size 36 to 120 P. Qty.: 50

Grinding discs

Longlife & Speed ceramic abrasive grain vulcanised fibre disc

Blue/green for steel and stainless steel (professional stainless steel).

• Lowest roughness and perfect surface finish due to precision-shaped uniform abrasive grain • Extremely high removal rate with cool sanding • Low contact pressure required • Extremely long service life • Free from iron, chlorine and sulphur (<= 0.1%) Bore diameter Max. rotation speed Recommended rotation speed Color Coding System

22.23 mm 12000 rpm 7500 rpm ▉ Steel ▉ Stainles steel

Art. no. 0580 712 … Available in different versions. Diameter: 125 to 178 mm Grid Size 36 to 80 P. Qty.: 25

Slotted See-Through Disc

Good view „through the disc“ and therefore of the material being processed. Ideal for processing thin metal sheets. • Clear view of the workpiece to be processed • Better surface quality through targeted work • Reduction of temperature on the surface prevents undesired blue colouring of the workpiece • Good, smooth guidance Drill hole Grid size Design Material of the carrier disc Material of abrasive medium Color Coding System

22.23 mm 40 Domed Glass fabric Zirconium conrundum ▉ Steel ▉ Stainles steel

Art. no. 0578 81 …

Available in different versions. Diameter: 115 to 125 mm Grid Size 40 to 80 P. Qty.: 10 Diameter (Ø)

Max. rotation speed

115 mm 125 mm

13300 rpm 12250 rpm

Max. recommended rotation speed 7500 rpm

Art. no.

P. Qty.

0578 811 540 0578 812 540

10 10

Grinding discs

Segmented Grinding Disc for Steel / Stainless Steel Long-life

Segmented grinding disc with patented segment shape and arrangement. Extremely long service life coupled with very high degree of material removal. Specially suitable for grinding edges. • For freehand grinding with electric or pneumatic angle grinders • Circumferential speed max. 80 m/s • Free of iron, chlorine and sulphur (≤ 0.1%) • High-performance abrasive cloth with additional grinding-active coating layer (Topsize coating) • Robust glass fabric backing disc • New, patented flap shape and arrangement • High-performance abrasive cloth (zirconia alumina with grinding-active topcoat) • Minimal vibrations in comparison to conventional rough grinding discs

Drill hole Design Material of the carrier disc Max. rotation speed Material of abrasive medium Color Coding System

22.23 mm Straight Glass fabric 13300 rpm Zirconium conrundum ▉ Steel ▉ Stainles steel

Art. no. 0578 480 … Available in different versions. Diameter: 115 to 125 mm Grid Size 40 to 80 P. Qty.: 10

Proof of performance

Complies with the most demanding safety requirements of European Standard EN 13743 and the OSA (Organization for Safety of Grinding Tools )

Grinding discs

Segmented Grinding Disc For Stainless Steel Long-life With specially encased, grinding-active ceramic grain specifically designed for stainless steel and high-alloy steels.

• For freehand grinding with electric or pneumatic angle grinders. • Circumferential speed max. 80 m/s • Free of iron, chlorine and sulphur (≤ 0.1%) • High-performance abrasive cloth (robust polyester fabric) with additional activegrinding coating layer (Topsize coating) • Specially coated active-grinding ceramic abrasive grain • Robust glass fabric backing disc • Up to 4x longer service life • Extremely high rate of material removal • Finer and more uniform surface quality • High-performance abrasive cloth (ceramic abrasive grain with grinding-active topcoat)

Drill hole Design Material of the carrier disc Max. rotation speed Material of abrasive medium Color Coding System

22.23 mm Domed Glass fabric 13300 rpm Ceramic grain ▉ Stainles steel

Art. no. 0578 430 … Available in different versions. Diameter: 115 to 125 mm Grid Size 40 to 120 P. Qty.: 10

Proof of performance

Complies with the most demanding safety requirements of European Standard EN 13743 and the OSA (Organization for Safety of Grinding Tools).

Grinding discs

Speed rough grinding disc for steel and stainless steel Rough grinding disc with special multi-layer structure for high material removal combined with a long service life. Free of iron, chlorine and sulphur (≤ 0.1%) Suitable for KWU Class II (e.g. pipeline and reactor construction) Black fine-grained layer: support layer (grinding-active) • Excellent vibration damping Red coarse-grained layer Grinding-active layer with specially encased abrasive grain Special fleece middle woven fabric

Drill hole Design

Diameter x thickness 115 x 6 mm 125 x 6 mm 180 x 6 mm

22.23 mm Cranked

Max. rotation speed 13300 rpm 12200 rpm 8500 rpm

Art. no. 0664 181 156 0664 181 256 0664 181 806

P. Qty. 25 25 10

Proof of performance

Complies with the highest safety requirements of European Standard EN 12413.

Grinding discs

Rough grinding disc for steel and stainless steel

Synthetic resin-bonded, fibre-reinforced standard rough grinding disc with very good performance values. • High breakage resistance • Wheel with medium hardness • Meets the maximum safety requirements in accordance with the EN 12413 European standard Drill hole Design Versatility Service life Removal speed Removal performance

22.23 mm Cranked ●●○○ ●●○○ ●●○○ ●●○○

Diameter x thickness 115 x 6 mm 125 x 6 mm 180 x 6 mm 230 x 6 mm

Max. rotation speed 13300 rpm 12250 rpm 8500 rpm 6600 rpm

Art. no. 0669 381 156 0669 381 256 0669 381 806 0669 382 306

P. Qty. 1/25 25 1/10 10

Art. no. 0664 976 0664 978

P. Qty. 1 1

Clamping mandrel for cutting discs and grinding discs One for all. Clamping mandrel for cutting and grinding discs with 6-mm or 10-mm hole for use on axial or straight grinders.

6 mm Length 54 mm 58 mm

Drills and milling cutters

Spot weld cutter for pneumatic machines HSCO

The economical standard spot weld cutter for loosening spot welds with pneumatic machines on conventional bodywork panels up to 850 N/mm2 strength on all kinds of vehicles • Extra stable tip geometry for difficult milling conditions • Optimised tip geometry for a longer service life compared to conventional spot weld cutters • Very good centring of the cutter on the spot weld and precise milling due to the 115° centring point Type description Quality Cutting material Surface Number of teeth Suitable for tensile strength up to Length Shaft diameter Service life Drilling speed (point system) Bore hole quality (point system) Versatility Drilling behaviour (point system)

Standard for pneumatic machines Würth-Standard HSCo Plain 2 PCS 850 N/mm2 44 mm 8 mm ●●○○ ●●○○ ●●●● ●●○○ ●●●○

Art. no. 0710 …

Available in different versions. Diameter: 6 to 10 mm P. Qty.: 1

Drills and milling cutters

Weld point drill bit HSCO

The economical standard spot weld drill for loosening spot welds with hand-held drills on conventional bodywork panels up to 850 N/mm2 strength on all kinds of vehicles

• Extra stable tip geometry for difficult drilling conditions with all common hand drills • Optimised tip geometry for longer service life compared to conventional spot weld drills • Excellent centring of the drill bit on the spot weld and precise bores due to the 115° centring point Quality Cutting material Surface Suitable for tensile strength up to Shank style Type Service life Drilling speed (point system) Bore hole quality (point system) Versatility Drilling behaviour (point system)

Art. no. 0710 0…

Available in different versions. Diameter: 6 to 10 mm P. Qty.: 1

Würth-Standard HSCo Plain 850 N/mm2 Cylindrical Standard DIN 1897 ●●○○ ●●○○ ●●●● ●●○○ ●●●○

Saw and file blades

Pneumatic jigsaw DST 380

Robust bodywork saw for long service life and tough applications. • Safety valve lever • Rubberised handle • Saw blade rotates 180° • Integrated power control to suit respective application • Adjustable guide 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Idle stroke speed Air consumption Working pressure Min. hose inner diameter Length

9500 rpm 170 l/min 6.3 bar 9 mm 215 mm

Art. no. 0703 881 P. Qty.: 1

Body saw blade with flat adapter

Special quality for higher strength bodywork panels on vehicles Designed for high cutting speed and a long service life Suitable for: • Würth DST 380 • Chigogo Pneumatics (CP) • Pneutec Material Teeth per unit of length 14 PCS/Inch 18 PCS/Inch 24 PCS/Inch 32 PCS/Inch

Bimetal Min./max. material thickness 4-10 mm 4-10 mm 0.5-4 mm 0.5-1 mm

Material to be processed

Length

Art. no.

P. Qty.

Wood, Aluminium, Composites, Plastic Medium to soft material Double sheet, Triple plate Thin sheet steel, Higher strength steel

90 mm 66 mm 90 mm 90 mm

0696 914 1 0696 918 1 0696 924 1 0696 932 1

1 1 1 1

Saw and file blades

Bodywork saw blade with SIG adapter

Special quality for higher strength bodywork panels on vehicles Designed for high cutting speed and a long service life Suitable for: • Würth DST 400 • SIG PLF 80 • SIG PLF 90 • SIG PS1 Material Teeth per unit of length 14 PCS/Inch 18 PCS/Inch 24 PCS/Inch 32 PCS/Inch

Bimetal Min./max. material thickness 4-10 mm 4-10 mm 0.5-4 mm 0.5-1 mm

Material to be processed

Length

Art. no.

P. Qty.

Wood, Aluminium, Composites, Plastic Medium to soft material Double sheet, Triple plate Thin sheet steel, Higher strength steel

96 mm 72 mm 96 mm 96 mm

0696 914 0696 918 0696 924 0696 932

1 1 1 1

Twist drills

Twist drill bit assortment HSCO DIN 338 type RN Oxide

19 pieces. Precise high-performance drill bit for machining stainless steel (such as V2A, V4A), heat-resistant steels and titanium. Also suitable for general, broad applications in steel up 1000 N/mm2 strength, as well as in cast iron. • Rapid drilling with perfect chip removal thanks to large chip spaces and small core • Very precise point geometry for accurate drill holes Number of pieces in assortment/set Surface Standard/drilling depth Color Coding System

19 PCS Oxide finish DIN 338/5xD ▉ Stainless steel ▉ Steel

Art. no. 0626 000 002 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Twist drill bit HSCO DIN 338 type RN oxide: 1 x 1 mm, 1 x 1.5 mm, 1 x 2 mm, 1 x 2.5 mm, 1 x 3 mm, 1 x 3.5 mm, 1 x 4 mm, 0626 000 002 1 x 4.5 mm, 1 x 5 mm, 1 x 5.5 mm, 1 x 6 mm, 1 x 6.5 mm, 1 x 7 mm, 1 x 7.5 mm, 1 x 8 mm, 1 x 8.5 mm, 1 x 9 mm, 1 x 9.5 mm, 1 x 10 mm

Twist drills

Twist drill bit assortment HSS DIN 338 type RN 118° 155 pieces in system case. Affordable, robust steel assembly drills for applications in steel up to 850 N/mm2 strength. • Excellent break resistance due to chipless manufacturing process • Ideal for construction site and assembly applications that do not require high precision • Excellent adhesive capability of coolant lubricants and reduced tendency for material to build up thanks to vaporised surface Number of pieces in assortment/set Surface Standard/drilling depth Color Coding System

155 PCS Vaporised DIN 338/5xD ▉ Steel

Art. no. 5964 062 500 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Twist drill bit HSS DIN 338 type RN 118°: 10 x 1 mm, 10 x 1.5 mm, 10 x 2 mm, 10 x 2.5 mm, 10 x 3.0 mm, 10 x 3.5 mm, 10 x 4 5964 062 500 mm, 10 x 4.5 mm, 10 x 5.0 mm, 10 x 5.5 mm, 10 x 6 mm, 5 x 6.5 mm, 5 x 7 mm, 5 x 7.5 mm, 5 x 8 mm, 5 x 8.5 mm, 5 x 9 mm, 5 x 9.5 mm, 5 x 10 mm, 5 x 10.5 mm; 1 x System insert, plastic, 4.4.1; 1 x System case 4.4.1

Twist drills

Twist drill bit assortment HSS DIN 338 type RN 118°

19 pieces. Affordable, robust steel assembly drills for applications in steel up to 850 N/mm2 strength. • Excellent break resistance due to chipless manufacturing process • Ideal for construction site and assembly applications that do not require high precision • Excellent adhesive capability of coolant lubricants and reduced tendency for material to build up thanks to vaporised surface Number of pieces in assortment/set Surface Standard/drilling depth Color Coding System

19 PCS Vaporised DIN 338/5xD ▉ Steel

Art. no. 0634 4 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Twist drill bit HSS DIN 338 type RN 118°: 1 x 1 mm, 1 x 1.5 mm, 1 x 2 mm, 1 x 2.5 mm, 1 x 3.0 mm, 1 x 3.5 mm, 1 x 4 mm, 1 x 4.5 0634 4 mm, 1 x 5.0 mm, 1 x 5.5 mm, 1 x 6 mm, 1 x 6.5 mm, 1 x 7 mm, 1 x 7.5 mm, 1 x 8 mm, 1 x 8.5 mm, 1 x 9 mm, 1 x 9.5 mm, 1 x 10 mm

Twist drill bit assortment HSS DIN 338 type RN 118°

25 pieces. Affordable, robust steel assembly drills for applications in steel up to 850 N/mm2 strength. • Excellent break resistance due to chipless manufacturing process • Ideal for construction site and assembly applications that do not require high precision • Excellent adhesive capability of coolant lubricants and reduced tendency for material to build up thanks to vaporised surface Number of pieces in assortment/set Surface

25 PCS Vaporised

Art. no. 0634 6 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Twist drill bit HSS DIN 338 type RN 118°: 1 x 1 mm, 1 x 1.5 mm, 1 x 2 mm, 1 x 2.5 mm, 1 x 3.0 mm, 1 x 3.5 mm, 1 x 4 mm, 1 x 4.5 0634 6 mm, 1 x 5.0 mm, 1 x 5.5 mm, 1 x 6 mm, 1 x 6.5 mm, 1 x 7 mm, 1 x 7.5 mm, 1 x 8 mm, 1 x 8.5 mm, 1 x 9 mm, 1 x 9.5 mm, 1 x 10 mm, 1 x 10.5 mm, 1 x 11 mm, 1 x 11.5 mm, 1 x 12 mm, 1 x 12.5 mm, 1 x 13 mm

Twist drills

Twist drill bit HSS DIN 338 type RN 118°

The affordable, robust steel assembly drill bit for applications in steel up to 850 N/mm2 strength.

• Excellent break resistance due to chipless manufacturing process • Ideal for construction site and assembly applications that do not require high precision • Excellent adhesive capability of coolant lubricants and reduced tendency for material to build up thanks to vaporised surface Suitable for machine type Material to be processed Quality Standard/drilling depth Chip flute length (l2) Shank style Surface Cutting material Type Angle of the tip Service life Drilling speed (point system) Bore hole quality (point system) Versatility Drilling behaviour (point system) Self-centring Suitable for tensile strength up to Color Coding System

Art. no. 0625 …

Available in different versions. Diameter: 1 to 18 mm Length: 34 to 205 mm P. Qty.: 10

Drill, Cordless screwdrivers Steel Würth-Standard DIN 338/5xD 12 mm Cylindrical Vaporised HSS RN 118 Degree ●●○○ ●○○○ ●○○○ ●○○○ ●●○○ No 850 N/mm2 ▉ Steel

Twist drills

Twist drill bit assortment HSS DIN 338 type RN 130°

82-piece in system case. Steel precision drill bits for general, broad applications in steel up to 850 N/mm2 strength and in cast iron. • Optimised cross thinning for 20% lower infeed force compared to conventional drills as well as quicker progress and a more gentle way of working • Optimised split point for precise spot drilling without centring, even on curved surfaces • Very precise point geometry for accurate drill holes • Vaporised surface for excellent adhesive capability of coolant lubricants and reduced tendency for material to build up Number of pieces in assortment/set Surface Standard/drilling depth

82 PCS Vaporised DIN 338/5xD

Art. no. 5964 062 400 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Twist drill bit HSS DIN 338 type RN 130°: 5 x 2 mm, 5 x 2.5 mm, 5 x 3 mm, 5 x 3.3 mm, 5 x 3.5 mm, 5 x 4 mm, 5 x 4.2 mm, 5 x 4.5 5964 062 400 mm, 5 x 5 mm, 5 x 5.5 mm, 5 x 6 mm, 3 x 6.5 mm, 3 x 6.8 mm, 3 x 7 mm, 3 x 7.5 mm, 3 x 8 mm, 3 x 8.5 mm, 3 x 9 mm, 3 x 9.5 mm, 3 x 10 mm; 1 x System insert, plastic, 4.4.1; 1 x System case 4.4.1

Twist drills

Twist drill assortment HSS DIN 338 type RN 130°

19 pieces Steel precision drill for general, broad applications in steel up to 850 N/mm2 strength and cast iron.

• Optimised cross thinning for 20% less infeed force and more rapid work progress with less expenditure of effort • Optimum cross-grinding for highly accurate drilling without centring, even on curved surfaces • Highly precise tip grinding for precise drilling • Vaporised surface for excellent adhesion of cooling lubricants and a reduced tendency towards build-up Number of pieces in assortment/set Surface Standard/drilling depth

19 PCS Vaporised DIN 338/5xD

Art. no. 0624 000 001 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Twist drill bit HSS DIN 338 type RN 130°: 1 x 1 mm, 1 x 1.5 mm, 1 x 2 mm, 1 x 2.5 mm, 1 x 3 mm, 1 x 3.5 mm, 1 x 4 mm, 1 x 4.5 0624 000 001 mm, 1 x 5 mm, 1 x 5.5 mm, 1 x 6 mm, 1 x 6.5 mm, 1 x 7 mm, 1 x 7.5 mm, 1 x 8 mm, 1 x 8.5 mm, 1 x 9 mm, 1 x 9.5 mm, 1 x 10 mm

Twist drills

Twist drill assortment HSS DIN 338 type RN 130°

25 pieces Steel precision drill for general, broad applications in steel up to 850 N/mm2 strength and cast iron. • Optimised cross thinning for 20% less infeed force and more rapid work progress with less expenditure of effort • Optimum cross-grinding for highly accurate drilling without centring, even on curved surfaces • Highly precise tip grinding for precise drilling • Vaporised surface for excellent adhesion of cooling lubricants and a reduced tendency towards build-up Number of pieces in assortment/set

25 PCS

Art. no. 0624 000 004 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Twist drill bit HSS DIN 338 type RN 130°: 1 x 1 mm, 1 x 1.5 mm, 1 x 2 mm, 1 x 2.5 mm, 1 x 3 mm, 1 x 3.5 mm, 1 x 4 mm, 1 x 4.5 0624 000 004 mm, 1 x 5 mm, 1 x 5.5 mm, 1 x 6 mm, 1 x 6.5 mm, 1 x 7 mm, 1 x 7.5 mm, 1 x 8 mm, 1 x 8.5 mm, 1 x 9 mm, 1 x 9.5 mm, 1 x 10 mm, 1 x 10.5 mm, 1 x 11 mm, 1 x 11.5 mm, 1 x 12 mm, 1 x 12.5 mm, 1 x 13 mm

Twist drills

Twist drill bit HSS DIN 338 type RN 130°

Steel precision drill for general, broad applications in steel up to 850 N/mm2 strength and cast iron. • Optimised cross thinning for 20% less infeed force and more rapid work progress with less expenditure of effort • Optimum cross-grinding for highly accurate drilling without centring, even on curved surfaces • Highly precise tip grinding for precise drilling • Vaporised surface for excellent adhesion of cooling lubricants and a reduced tendency towards build-up Suitable for machine type Material to be processed Quality Standard/drilling depth Chip flute length (l2) Shank style Surface Cutting material Type Angle of the tip Service life Drilling speed (point system) Bore hole quality (point system) Versatility Drilling behaviour (point system) Self-centring Suitable for tensile strength up to Color Coding System

Art. no. 0624 00…

Available in different versions. Diameter: 0.5 to 20 mm Length: 22 to 205 mm P. Qty.: 10

Drill, Cordless screwdrivers, Pedestal drilling machine Steel, Cast iron ZEBRA-Premium DIN 338/5xD 6 mm Cylindrical Vaporised HSS RN 130 Degree ●●●○ ●●●○ ●●●● ●●○○ ●●●○ Yes 850 N/mm2 ▉ Steel

Twist drills

Twist drill bit assortment HSS DIN 338 SMART STEP

19 pieces. The manually operated high-performance drill with unique SMART STEP technology (from dia. 2.5 mm) for high-precision circular drill holes in steel up to 1000 N/mm2, aluminium, plastic, non-ferrous metals, hard and soft wood. • The first twist drill with stepped drill bit tip geometry • Precise circular holes without a centre punch • Significantly quicker than conventional ground twist drill Number of pieces in assortment/set Surface Standard/drilling depth

19 PCS Multiple refined DIN 338/5xD

Art. no. 0624 930 001 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Twist drill HSS DIN 338 SMART STEP: 1 x 1 mm, 1 x 1.5 mm, 1 x 2.0 mm, 1 x 2.5 mm, 1 x 3.0 mm, 1 x 3.5 mm, 1 x 4.0 mm, 1 x 4.5 mm, 0624 930 001 1 x 5.0 mm, 1 x 5.5 mm, 1 x 6.0 mm, 1 x 6.5 mm, 1 x 7.0 mm, 1 x 7.5 mm, 1 x 8.0 mm, 1 x 8.5 mm, 1 x 9.0 mm, 1 x 9.5 mm, 1 x 10.0 mm

Twist drill bit assortment HSS DIN 338 SMART STEP

25 pieces The high-performance drill with unique SMART STEP technology (from Ø 2.5 mm) for high-precision, circular through holes for hand-guided use in steel up to 1000 N/mm2, aluminium, plastic, nonferrous metals, hardwood and softwood. • The first twist drill with stepped drill bit tip geometry • Precise circular holes without a centre punch • Significantly quicker than conventional ground twist drill Number of pieces in assortment/set Surface Standard/drilling depth

25 PCS Multiple refined DIN 338/5xD

Art. no. 0624 930 004 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Twist drill HSS DIN 338 SMART STEP: 1 x 1 mm, 1 x 1.5 mm, 1 x 2.0 mm, 1 x 2.5 mm, 1 x 3.0 mm, 1 x 3.5 mm, 1 x 4.0 mm, 1 x 4.5 0624 930 004 mm, 1 x 5.0 mm, 1 x 5.5 mm, 1 x 6.0 mm, 1 x 6.5 mm, 1 x 7.0 mm, 1 x 7.5 mm, 1 x 8.0 mm, 1 x 8.5 mm, 1 x 9.0 mm, 1 x 9.5 mm, 1 x 10.0 mm, 1 x 10.5 mm, 1 x 11.0 mm, 1 x 11.5 mm, 1 x 12.0 mm, 1 x 12.5 mm, 1 x 13.0 mm

Twist drills

Twist drill HSS DIN 338 SMART STEP

The manually operated high-performance drill with unique SMART STEP technology (from dia. 2.5 mm) for high-precision circular drill holes in steel up to 1000 N/mm2, aluminium, plastic, non-ferrous metals, hard and soft wood. • The first twist drill with stepped drill bit tip geometry • Precise circular holes without a centre punch • Significantly quicker than conventional ground twist drill

Suitable for machine type Material to be processed Quality Standard/drilling depth Chip flute length (l2) Shank style Surface Cutting material Type Service life Drilling speed (point system) Bore hole quality (point system) Versatility Drilling behaviour (point system) Self-centring Suitable for tensile strength up to Color Coding System

Art. no. 0624 93 ...

Available in different versions. Diameter: 1 to 13 mm Length: 34 to 151 mm P. Qty.: 10

Drill, Cordless screwdrivers, Pedestal drilling machine Steel, Cast iron, Non-ferrous metal, Wood, Hardwood ZEBRA-Premium DIN 338/5xD 12 mm Cylindrical Multiple refined HSS SMART STEP ●●●○ ●●●● ●●●● ●●●○ ●●●● Yes 1000 N/mm2 ▉ Non-ferrous metal ▉ Steel ▉ Wood ▉ Hardwood

Twist drills

Twist drill bit assortment HSCo DIN 338 MFD Speed

19 pieces Manually operated high-speed drill bit for precise drill holes in nearly all materials, such as stainless steel (e.g. V2A, V4A), heat-resistant steels and titanium. Also for general applications in conventional steel up to a strength of 1,200 N/mm2 as well as in cast iron and non-ferrous metals (such as aluminium, aluminium alloys, bronze, plastic). • Up to 50% faster than conventional, ground twist drill thanks to speed geometry • 135° tip angle and optimised cross thinning for outstanding centring • Exclusive Vario coil • Exclusively available from Würth 3-face shank (from Ø 4 mm): • No movement in the drill chuck: quicker, more pleasant work • Optimum power transmission • Protects the drill chuck against damage • Minimal effort required to open and close the drill chuck Number of pieces in assortment/set Surface Standard/drilling depth Color Coding System

19 PCS Multiple refined DIN 338/5xD ▉ Non-ferrous metal ▉ Stainless steel ▉ Steel

Art. no. 0626 930 001 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Twist drill HSCo DIN 338 MFD Speed: 1 x 1 mm, 1 x 1.5 mm, 1 x 2.0 mm, 1 x 2.5 mm, 1 x 3.0 mm, 1 x 3.5 mm, 1 x 4.0 mm, 1 x 4.5 0626 930 001 mm, 1 x 5.0 mm, 1 x 5.5 mm, 1 x 6.0 mm, 1 x 6.5 mm, 1 x 7.0 mm, 1 x 7.5 mm, 1 x 8.0 mm, 1 x 8.5 mm, 1 x 9.0 mm, 1 x 9.5 mm, 1 x 10.0 mm

Twist drills

Twist drill bit assortment HSCo DIN 338 MFD Speed

25 pieces. Manually operated high-speed drill bit for precise drill holes in nearly all materials, such as stainless steel (e.g. V2A, V4A), heat-resistant steels and titanium. Also for general applications in conventional steel up to a strength of 1,200 N/mm2 as well as in cast iron and non-ferrous metals (such as aluminium, aluminium alloys, bronze, plastic). • Up to 50% faster than conventional, ground twist drill thanks to speed geometry • 135° tip angle and optimised cross thinning for outstanding centring • Exclusive Vario coil • Exclusively available from Würth 3-face shank (from Ø 4 mm): • No movement in the drill chuck: quicker, more pleasant work • Optimum power transmission • Protects the drill chuck against damage • Minimal effort required to open and close the drill chuck Number of pieces in assortment/set Surface Standard/drilling depth Color Coding System

25 PCS Multiple refined DIN 338/5xD ▉ Non-ferrous metal ▉ Stainless steel ▉ Steel

Art. no. 0626 930 004 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Twist drill HSCo DIN 338 MFD Speed: 1 x 1 mm, 1 x 1.5 mm, 1 x 2.0 mm, 1 x 2.5 mm, 1 x 3.0 mm, 1 x 3.5 mm, 1 x 4.0 mm, 1 x 4.5 0626 930 004 mm, 1 x 5.0 mm, 1 x 5.5 mm, 1 x 6.0 mm, 1 x 6.5 mm, 1 x 7.0 mm, 1 x 7.5 mm, 1 x 8.0 mm, 1 x 8.5 mm, 1 x 9.0 mm, 1 x 9.5 mm, 1 x 10.0 mm, 1 x 10.5 mm, 1 x 11.0 mm, 1 x 11.5 mm, 1 x 12.0 mm, 1 x 12.5 mm, 1 x 13.0 mm

Twist drills

Twist drill HSCo DIN 338 MFD Speed

Manually operated high-speed drill bit for precise drill holes in nearly all materials, such as stainless steel (e.g. V2A, V4A), heatresistant steels and titanium. Also for general applications in conventional steel up to a strength of 1,200 N/mm2 as well as in cast iron and non-ferrous metals (such as aluminium, aluminium alloys, bronze, plastic). • Up to 50% faster than conventional, ground twist drill thanks to speed geometry • 135° tip angle and optimised cross thinning for outstanding centring • Exclusive Vario coil • Exclusively available from Würth 3-face shank (from Ø 4 mm): • No movement in the drill chuck • Optimum power transmission • Protects the drill chuck against damage • Minimal effort required to open and close the drill chuck Suitable for machine type Material to be processed Quality Standard/drilling depth Chip flute length (l2) Shank style Surface Cutting material Angle of the tip Service life Drilling speed (point system) Bore hole quality (point system) Versatility Drilling behaviour (point system) Self-centring Suitable for tensile strength up to Color Coding System

Drill, Cordless screwdrivers Steel, Cast iron, Stainless steel, Titanium, Aluminium ZEBRA-Premium DIN 338/5xD 12 mm Cylindrical Multiple refined HSCo 135 Degree ●●●○ ●●●● ●●●● ●●●● ●●●● Yes 1200 N/mm2 ▉ Non-ferrous metal ▉ Stainless steel ▉ Steel

Art. no. 0626 93...

Available in different versions. Diameter: 1 to 13 mm Length: 34 to 151 mm P. Qty.: 10

Twist drills

Double-ended drill bit HSS WN type RN

Assembly drill bit for working in thin-sheet steel, tip angle 118° Highly precise drilling The robust twist drill with its extra short design ensures highly precise drilling. Self-centring The split point ensures an excellent centring effect even on round materials, eliminating the need for centre-punching or piloting. Material to be processed Chip flute length (l2) Cutting material Type Angle of the tip Service life Drilling speed (point system) Bore hole quality (point system) Versatility Drilling behaviour (point system) Self-centring

Art. no. 0636 6...

Available in different versions. Diameter: 2 to 6.5 mm Length: 38 to 70 mm P. Qty.: 10

Steel 19 mm HSS RN 118 Degree ●●○○ ●●○○ ●●○○ ●○○○ ●●○○ Yes

Sheet metal conical drills

HSS sheet metal conical drill bit box

3 pcs: One each of 3–14 mm; 5–20 mm; 16–30.5 mm • CBN (cubical boron nitride), deep ground • Stepless drilling and widening of holes within a diameter range of 3–30.5 mm • Two cutting edges • No countersinking or pre-drilling required • Burr-free drilling without causing the sheet metal to deform. Excellent heat conductivity for longer service life thanks to axial and radial CBN relief grinding • Drive arbor with three-phase grinding • Laser scale for easy identification of the required drilling hole diameter Art. no. 0694 024 01 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 0694 024 01

Sheet metal conical drill bit HSS: 1 x 3-14 mm, 1 x 5-20 mm, 1 x 16-30.5 mm

Sheet metal conical drill bit box, titanium nitride HSS 3 pieces: 1 each of Ø 3-14 mm; Ø 5-20 mm; Ø 16-30.5 mm

• Cutting speed and feed rate increase by up to 100% • Service life is doubled or even quadrupled • CBN (cubical boron nitride), deep ground • Stepless drilling and widening of holes within the diameter range of 3-61 mm • With two cutting edges • No countersinking or pre-drilling required • Burr-free drilling without causing the sheet metal to deform and excellent heat conductivity for longer service life thanks to axial and radial CBN relief grinding • Mounting shank with three-phase grinding • With laser scale for easy identification of the required drill hole diameter Art. no. 0694 025 01 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 0694 025 01

Sheet metal conical drill bit HSS, titanium nitride: 1 x 3-14 mm, 1 x 5-20 mm, 1 x 16-30.5 mm

Sheet metal conical drills

Sheet metal conical drill bit HSS With two cutting edges

• CBN (cubical boron nitride), deep ground • Stepless drilling and widening of holes within the diameter range of 3–61 mm • No countersinking or pre-drilling required • Burr-free drilling without causing the sheet metal to deform. Excellent heat conductivity for longer service life thanks to axial and radial CBN relief grinding • Mounting shank with three-phase grinding • With laser scale for easy identification of the required drilling hole diameter Cutting material Shank style

Size 1 2 3 4 5 6 8

HSS 3-face shank Min./max. drill diameter 3-14 mm 5-20 mm 16-30.5 mm 24-40 mm 36-50 mm 40-61 mm 5-31 mm

Length

Shaft diameter

Art. no.

P. Qty.

58 mm 71 mm 76 mm 89 mm 97 mm 103 mm 103 mm

6 mm 8 mm 9 mm 10 mm 12 mm 13 mm 9 mm

0694 024 14 0694 024 20 0694 024 30 0694 024 40 0694 024 50 0694 024 61 0694 024 31

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Sheet metal conical drill bit HSS, titanium nitride

Titanium nitride for powerful performance Burr-free drilling without causing the sheet metal to deform. Excellent heat conductivity for longer service life thanks to axial and radial CBN relief grinding. • Titanium nitride for powerful performance • Universal application • User-friendly • With two cutting edges and drive arbor with three-phase grinding Cutting material Shank style

Size 1 2 3 4 5 6 8

HSS 3-face shank Min./max. drill diameter 3-14 mm 5-20 mm 16-30.5 mm 24-40 mm 36-50 mm 40-61 mm 4-31 mm

Length

Shaft diameter

Art. no.

P. Qty.

58 mm 71 mm 76 mm 89 mm 97 mm 103 mm 103 mm

6 mm 8 mm 9 mm 10 mm 12 mm 13 mm 9 mm

0694 025 14 0694 025 20 0694 025 30 0694 025 40 0694 025 50 0694 025 61 0694 025 31

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Useful helpers

Cutting and drilling oil CUT+COOL

Multi cutting oil for light to medium machining work • For drilling, thread cutting, thread moulding, lathing, sinking, rubbing and sawing. Ideally suited for stainless steel, but also for high-alloy steels, constructional steels, non-ferrous and precious metals. Can also be used as a preservative agent on semi-finished/finished parts and machine parts, and can be used as gun oil. • Cools even while spraying Colour Smell/fragrance Chemical basis Shelf life from production

Light brown Perfumed Mineral oil 18 Month

Contents 5l 400 ml

Container Canister Aerosol can

Art. no. 0893 050 1 0893 050 004

P. Qty. 1 1/12

Filling system REFILLO®

The safe and economical system for manual refilling of spray cans with active substances and compressed air. • Protecting the environment by reducing waste and dispensing with poisonous propellant gases • Reduces storage volume in the workshop • Easy to use • Space-saving storage in the ORSY1 shelving system • Tested safety through CE marking and testing according to the machinery directive • Reduces costs when compared to conventional aerosol cans Suitable for active ingredient Contents

Drilling/cutting oil 400 ml

Art. no. 0891 800 90 P. Qty.: 1

Refillo® compressed-air filling station Combi

For quick and easy pressurised filling of REFILLO & REFILLOmat cans Can be installed anywhere in the workshop Art. no. 0891 800 001 P. Qty.: 1

Stepped twist drill

Stepped twist drill bit assortment HSS Performance plain

3 pieces. The latest generation of Performance stepped drill bits for longer service lives, significantly faster drilling with smooth running and greatly reduced formation of burrs when processing thin workpieces made from conventional steel with a strength of up to 900 N/ mm2, aluminium, cast iron, brass, bronze, wood and plastics.

• 4 times longer service life • Improved centring and up to 100% faster spot drilling • Acceleration of the overall drilling process Number of pieces in assortment/set Shank style

3 PCS 3-face shank

Art. no. 0694 453 001 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 0694 453 001

Stepped twist drill bit HSS Performance plain: 1 x 4-12 mm, 1 x 4-20 mm, 1 x 6-30 mm

Stepped twist drill

Stepped twist drill bit HSS Performance plain

The latest generation of Performance stepped drill bits for longer service lives, significantly faster drilling with smooth running and greatly reduced formation of burrs when processing thin workpieces made from conventional steel with a strength of up to 900 N/ mm2, aluminium, cast iron, brass, bronze, wood and plastics. • 4 times longer service life • Improved centring and up to 100% faster spot drilling • Acceleration of the overall drilling process

Min./max. drill diameter

Shaft diameter

Shaft length

4-20 mm

1/4 in

26 mm

4-20 mm 4-12 mm 6-40.5 mm 6-39 mm 6-37 mm 6-30 mm

8 mm 6 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm

24 mm 24 mm 24 mm 24 mm 24 mm 24 mm

Shank style Hexagon bit holder, shape E, DIN3126 3-face shank 3-face shank 3-face shank 3-face shank 3-face shank 3-face shank

Length

Art. no.

P. Qty.

72 mm

0694 453 421

70 mm 66 mm 126 mm 94.3 mm 92.7 mm 94 mm

0694 453 420 0694 453 412 0694 453 640 0694 453 639 0694 453 637 0694 453 630

1 1 1 1 1 1

Stepped twist drill

Stepped twist drill bit assortment HSS Multi Performance TiAlN

3 pieces The latest generation, multi-performance, stepped drill bits with TiAIN coating for maximum service life, significantly faster drilling with quiet processing as well as greatly reduced burr formation in the processing of almost all thin-walled materials such as conventional steel up to 1300 N/mm2 strength, stainless steel, aluminium, cast iron, brass, bronze, wood and plastics. • 9 times longer service life and up to 50% higher cutting speed • Improved centring and up to 100% faster spot drilling • Acceleration of the overall drilling process Number of pieces in assortment/set Shank style

3 PCS 3-face shank

Art. no. 0694 458 001 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 0694 458 001

Stepped twist drill bit HSS Multi Performance TiAlN: 1 x 4-12 mm, 1 x 4-20 mm, 1 x 6-30 mm

Stepped twist drill

Stepped twist drill bit HSS Multi Performance TiAlN

The latest generation, multi-performance, stepped drill bits with TiAIN coating for maximum service life, significantly faster drilling with quiet processing as well as greatly reduced burr formation in the processing of almost all thin-walled materials such as conventional steel up to 1300 N/mm2 strength, stainless steel, aluminium, cast iron, brass, bronze, wood and plastics. • 9 times longer service life and up to 50% higher cutting speed • Improved centring and up to 100% faster spot drilling • Acceleration of the overall drilling process Shaft length Shank style

24 mm 3-face shank

Min./max. drill diameter 4-20 mm 4-12 mm 5.3-38.5 mm 6-40.5 mm 6-39 mm 6-38 mm 6-37 mm 6-30 mm 6-26.75 mm

Shaft diameter 8 mm 6 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm

Length 70 mm 66 mm 96 mm 126 mm 94.3 mm 100 mm 92.7 mm 94 mm 75 mm

Art. no. 0694 458 420 0694 458 412 0694 458 538 0694 458 640 0694 458 639 0694 458 638 0694 458 637 0694 458 630 0694 458 628

P. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Conical countersink

Conical countersink EU HSCo 90° DIN 335 C assortment

6 pieces, consisting of diameters 6.3-20.5 mm. A Jack of all trades with extremely uneven pitch (EU) for perfect countersinking. • Three-face shank • Processing of almost all materials possible thanks to special tip geometry and HSCo cutting material. Extremely uneven pitch • Optimal surface quality: accurate, round, chatter-free cuts • Faster processing thanks to higher cutting speeds • Significantly reduced tool wear • Supremely quiet operation in all materials • Significantly less infeed force required Number of pieces in assortment/set Material to be processed Quality Standards Form Cutting material Countersink angle Surface Number of cutting edges Shank style Color Coding System

6 PCS Steel, Cast metal, Stainless steel, Titanium, Special alloy, Hard and tough material, Non-ferrous metal, Plastic ZEBRA-Premium DIN 335 C HSCo 90 Degree Uncoated 3 PCS 3-face shank ▉ Universal

Art. no. 0694 119 001 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Conical countersink EU HSCo 90° DIN 335 C: 1 x 6.3 mm, 1 x 8.3 mm, 1 x 10.4 mm, 1 x 12.4 mm, 1 x 16.5 mm, 1 x 20.5 mm 0694 119 001

Conical countersink

Conical countersink EU HSCo 90° DIN 335 C

A Jack of all trades with extremely uneven pitch (EU) for perfect cuts. • Three-face shank • Processing of almost all materials possible thanks to special tip geometry and HSCo cutting material. Extremely uneven pitch • Optimal surface quality: accurate, round, chatter-free cuts • Faster processing thanks to higher cutting speeds • Significantly reduced tool wear • Supremely quiet operation in all materials • Significantly less infeed force required

Material to be processed Quality Number of cutting edges (Z) Standards Form Cutting material Countersink angle Surface Shank style Service life Countersinking speed (point system) Countersinking quality (point system) Versatility Countersinking behaviour (point system) Color Coding System Spot-facer diameter (d1) 4.3 mm 6.3 mm 8.3 mm 10.4 mm 12.4 mm 16.5 mm 20.5 mm 25 mm 31 mm 37 mm

Steel, Cast metal, Stainless steel, Titanium, Special alloy, Hard and tough material, Non-ferrous metal, Plastic ZEBRA-Premium 3 PCS DIN 335 C HSCo 90 Degree Uncoated 3-face shank ●●●○ ●●●○ ●●●● ●●●● ●●●● ▉ Stainless steel ▉ Steel ▉ Non-ferrous metal ▉ High-strength material

Shaft diameter (d2) 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 12 mm 12 mm

Tip diameter (d3) 1.3 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm 2.5 mm 2.8 mm 3.2 mm 3.5 mm 3.8 mm 4.2 mm 4.8 mm

Length (l1) 40 mm 45 mm 50 mm 50 mm 56 mm 60 mm 63 mm 67 mm 71 mm 81 mm

Art. no. 0694 119 004 0694 119 006 0694 119 008 0694 119 010 0694 119 012 0694 119 016 0694 119 020 0694 119 025 0694 119 031 0694 119 037

P. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Conical countersink

Conical countersink EU HSCo 90° TiAlN DIN 335 C assortment

6 pieces, consisting of diameters 6.3-20.5 mm. A Jack of all trades with extremely uneven pitch (EU) and TiAlN coating for perfect countersinking and maximum performance. • Three-face shank • Processing of almost all materials possible thanks to special tip geometry and HSCo cutting material. • Long service life and high speed thanks to TiAlN coating Extremely uneven pitch • Optimal surface quality: accurate, round, chatter-free cuts • Faster processing thanks to higher cutting speeds • Significantly reduced tool wear • Supremely quiet operation in all materials • Significantly less infeed force required Number of pieces in assortment/set Material to be processed Quality Standards Form Cutting material Countersink angle Surface Number of cutting edges Shank style Color Coding System

6 PCS Steel, Cast metal, Stainless steel, Titanium, Special alloy, Hard and tough material, Non-ferrous metal, Plastic ZEBRA-Premium DIN 335 C HSCo 90 Degree TiAlN 3 PCS 3-face shank ▉ Universal

Art. no. 0694 120 001 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 0694 120 001 Conical countersink EU HSCo 90° TiAlN DIN 335 C: 1 x 6.3 mm, 1 x 8.3 mm, 1 x 10.4 mm, 1 x 12.4 mm, 1 x 16.5 mm, 1 x 20.5 mm

Conical countersink

Conical countersink EU HSCo 90° TiAlN DIN 335 C

A Jack of all trades with extremely uneven pitch (EU) and TiAlN coating for perfect cuts and maximum performance. • Three-face shank • Processing of almost all materials possible thanks to special tip geometry and HSCo cutting material. • Long service life and high speed thanks to TiAlN coating Extremely uneven pitch • Optimal surface quality: accurate, round, chatter-free cuts • Faster processing thanks to higher cutting speeds • Significantly reduced tool wear • Supremely quiet operation in all materials • Significantly less infeed force required

Steel, Cast metal, Stainless steel, Titanium, Special alloy, Hard and tough material, Non-ferrous metal, Plastic ZEBRA-Premium 3 PCS DIN 335 C HSCo 90 Degree TiAlN 3-face shank ●●●● ●●●● ●●●● ●●●● ●●●● ▉ Stainless steel ▉ Steel ▉ Non-ferrous metal ▉ High-strength material

Shaft diameter (d2) 5 mm 6 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 10 mm 12 mm

Tip diameter (d3) 1.5 mm 2 mm 2.5 mm 2.8 mm 3.5 mm 3.8 mm 4.2 mm

Length (l1) 45 mm 50 mm 50 mm 56 mm 63 mm 67 mm 71 mm

Art. no. 0694 120 006 0694 120 008 0694 120 010 0694 120 012 0694 120 020 0694 120 025 0694 120 031

P. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Milling bits

Carbide milling bit assortment Multi-performance TiAlSiN

10 pieces. The premium all-rounder with titanium-aluminium-siliconnitride coating and unique multi-tooth geometry for efficient roughing and smoothing in a single process on almost all materials such as steel with a hardness < 65 HRC, cast iron, stainless steel, titanium, special alloys and hard and tough materials (e.g. Hardox). Also suitable for non-ferrous metals, such as aluminium alloys > 10% silicon, magnesium alloys, brass, copper, bronze and plastics.

• Innovative multi-tooth geometry with a combination of staggered and fine toothing for a shiny, smooth surface finish, smooth milling behaviour and excellent handling • High-end TiAlSiN coating for a service life of up to three times longer than uncoated milling bits with a conventional staggered tooth system • Up to 50% higher cutting performance compared to conventional staggered tooth system • Manufactured in accordance with strict quality standards including full inspection of soldered connections Number of pieces in assortment/set Material to be processed Suitable for hardnesses up to Quality Teeth type Cutting material Surface Shaft diameter

10 PCS Steel, Cast metal, Stainless steel, Titanium, Titanium alloy, Special alloy, Hard and tough material, Non-ferrous metal 65 HRC ZEBRA-Premium Multi Performance Carbide TiAlSiN 6 mm

Art. no. 0616 580 002 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Carbide milling bit Multi-performance TiAlSiN: 1 x Cylindrical shape with spur cut, 6 mm, 1 x Cylindrical shape with spur cut, 10 0616 580 002 mm, 1 x Cylindrical shape, 6 mm, 1 x Cylindrical shape, 10 mm, 1 x Ball shape, 6 mm, 1 x Ball shape, 10 mm, 1 x Semicircular shape, 6 mm, 1 x Semicircular shape, 10 mm, 1 x Ogive shape, 6 mm, 1 x Ogive shape, 10 mm

Milling bits

Carbide milling bit Multi-performance TiAlSiN

The premium all-rounder with titanium-aluminium-silicon-nitride coating and unique multi-tooth geometry for efficient roughing and smoothing in a single process on almost all materials, such as steel with a hardness < 65 HRC, cast iron, stainless steel, titanium, special alloys and hard and tough materials (e.g. Hardox). Also suitable for non-ferrous metals, such as aluminium alloys > 10% silicon, magnesium alloys, brass, copper, bronze and plastics. • Innovative multi-tooth geometry with a combination of staggered and fine toothing for a shiny, smooth surface finish, smooth milling behaviour and excellent handling • High-end TiAlSiN coating for a service life of up to three times longer than uncoated milling bits with a conventional staggered tooth system • Up to 50% higher cutting performance compared to conventional staggered tooth system • Manufactured in accordance with strict quality standards including full inspection of soldered connections Material to be processed Suitable for hardnesses up to Quality Teeth type Cutting material Surface Service life Cutting efficiency (point system) Surface quality/finish Versatility Guiding behaviour (point system) Color Coding System

Form Ball shape Ball shape Ball shape Ball shape Ball shape Cylindrical Cylindrical Cylindrical Cylindrical Cylindrical Cylindrical shape Cylindrical shape Cylindrical shape Cylindrical shape Cylindrical shape

Steel, Cast metal, Stainless steel, Titanium, Titanium alloy, Special alloy, Hard and tough material, Non-ferrous metal 65 HRC ZEBRA-Premium Multi Performance Carbide TiAlSiN ●●●● ●●●○ ●●●○ ●●●● ●●●● ▉ Stainless steel ▉ Steel ▉ Non-ferrous metal ▉ High-strength material

Head diameter x cutting edge length 3 x 2.8 mm 6 x 5 mm 8 x 7 mm 10 x 9 mm 12 x 11 mm 3 x 14 mm 6 x 18 mm 8 x 18 mm 10 x 20 mm 12 x 25 mm 3 x 14 mm 6 x 18 mm 8 x 18 mm 10 x 20 mm 12 x 25 mm

Length

Shaft diameter

Art. no.

P. Qty.

38 mm 50 mm 52 mm 54 mm 56 mm 38 mm 50 mm 63 mm 65 mm 70 mm 38 mm 50 mm 63 mm 65 mm 70 mm

3 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 3 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 3 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm

0616 583 030 0616 583 060 0616 583 080 0616 583 100 0616 583 120 0616 580 030 0616 580 060 0616 580 080 0616 580 100 0616 580 120 0616 582 030 0616 582 060 0616 582 080 0616 582 100 0616 582 120

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Milling bits

Form Cylindrical shape with spur cut Cylindrical shape with spur cut Cylindrical shape with spur cut Cylindrical shape with spur cut Cylindrical shape with spur cut Ogive shape Ogive shape Ogive shape Ogive shape Ogive shape Semicircular shape Semicircular shape Semicircular shape Semicircular shape Semicircular shape

Head diameter x cutting edge length 3 x 14 mm 6 x 18 mm 8 x 18 mm 10 x 20 mm 12 x 25 mm 3 x 13 mm 6 x 18 mm 8 x 18 mm 10 x 20 mm 12 x 25 mm 3 x 13 mm 6 x 18 mm 8 x 18 mm 10 x 20 mm 12 x 25 mm

Length

Shaft diameter

Art. no.

P. Qty.

38 mm 50 mm 63 mm 65 mm 70 mm 38 mm 50 mm 63 mm 65 mm 70 mm 38 mm 50 mm 63 mm 65 mm 70 mm

3 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 3 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 3 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm

0616 581 030 0616 581 060 0616 581 080 0616 581 100 0616 581 120 0616 587 030 0616 587 060 0616 587 080 0616 587 100 0616 587 120 0616 584 030 0616 584 060 0616 584 080 0616 584 100 0616 584 120

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Screw taps

Combination screw tap assortment HSCo multi performance M3-M10

6 pieces. Premium combination screw tap for precise drilling, thread cutting and countersinking/deburring in just one operation, now also for thicker workpieces with a material thickness of up to 2xD and for almost all materials, such as conventional steels, stainless steels (e.g. V2A, V4A), titanium, heat-resistant and high-strength steels of up to 1200 N/mm2 strength and casting materials. Also suitable for non-ferrous metals, such as aluminium, aluminium alloys, bronze and plastics. • 3 in 1 - Drilling, thread cutting and countersinking/deburring in just one operation • The first combination screw tap, which is suitable for thicker workpieces in addition to sheet metal machining • Newly developed shaft generation with a combination of polygon and straight shank with square drive Number of pieces in assortment/set Material to be processed Quality Hole type Cutting material Surface Suitable for machine type

6 PCS Steel, Cast metal, Stainless steel, Titanium, Non-ferrous metal ZEBRA-Premium Clearance hole HSCo Vaporised Cordless screwdrivers, Drill, Pedestal drilling machine

Art. no. 0658 500 001 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 0658 500 001

Combination screw tap HSCo multi performance: 1 x , 1 x , 1 x , 1 x , 1 x , 1 x

Screw taps

Combination screw tap HSCo multi performance

Premium combination screw tap for precise drilling, thread cutting and countersinking/deburring in just one operation, now also for thicker workpieces with a material thickness of up to 2xD and for almost all materials, such as conventional steels, stainless steels (e.g. V2A, V4A), titanium, heat-resistant and high-strength steels of up to 1200 N/mm2 strength and casting materials. Also suitable for non-ferrous metals, such as aluminium, aluminium alloys, bronze and plastics. • 3 in 1 - Drilling, thread cutting and countersinking/deburring in just one operation • The first combination screw tap that is not limited to use in materials up to 600 N/ mm2 strength, but suitable for almost all materials • Newly developed shaft generation with a combination of polygon and straight shank with square drive Thread type Material to be processed Hole type Quality Cutting material Surface Shank style Tolerance of screw taps Service life Trueness to gauge Versatility Cutting behaviour Chip formation Suitable for tensile strength up to Color Coding System Thread type x nominal diameter M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12

Metric thread Steel, Cast metal, Stainless steel, Titanium, Non-ferrous metal Clearance hole ≤ 2xD ZEBRA-Premium HSCo Vaporised Combination of polygonal and cylinder shank with square drive ISO 2 (6H) ●●●● ●●●● ●●●● ●●●● ●●●● 1200 N/mm2 ▉ Universal

Pitch

Length

Shaft diameter

Size of square

Art. no.

P. Qty.

0.5 mm 0.7 mm 0.8 mm 1 mm 1.25 mm 1.5 mm 1.75 mm

62 mm 66 mm 75 mm 91 mm 103 mm 125 mm 135 mm

4.5 mm 5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 12 mm

3.4 mm 3.8 mm 4.9 mm 6.2 mm 8 mm 9 mm 9 mm

0658 500 300 0658 500 400 0658 500 500 0658 500 600 0658 500 800 0658 501 000 0658 501 200

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Screw taps

Machine tap assortment HSCo Multi through hole M3-M12

14 pieces Consisting of MFD speed premium speed drills and Multi Performance through hole screw taps for versatile use in almost all materials, such as conventional steels, stainless steels (e.g. V2A, V4A), titanium, heat-resistant and high-strength steels of up to 1200 N/mm2 strength and casting materials. Also suitable for non-ferrous metals, such as aluminium, aluminium alloys, bronze and plastics. Twist drill • Up to 50% faster than conventional, ground twist drills thanks to speed geometry • 135° tip angle and optimised cross thinning for outstanding centring • Exclusive Vario coil • 3-face shank (from Ø 4 mm) • Available exclusively from Würth Machine tap • Flexible use in cordless screwdrivers and hand-held, pillar and upright drills thanks to the additional polygon shaft, which prevents slipping in the drill chuck. • Suitable for conventional applications thanks to the retention of the straight shaft with square mount • Newly developed tool geometry with a reduced rake angle, optimised clearance angle and micro-geometry • Up to three times longer service life than all uncoated machine taps from Würth • Excellent chip removal, prevention of chip bird nesting • Available exclusively from Würth Number of pieces in assortment/set Material to be processed Quality Hole type Cutting material Surface Suitable for machine type

14 PCS Steel, Cast metal, Stainless steel, Titanium, Special alloy, Hard and tough material, Non-ferrous metal ZEBRA-Premium Clearance hole ≤ 3xD HSCo Vaporised Drill, Cordless screwdrivers, Milling/drill center, Pedestal drilling machine

Art. no. 0658 700 001 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Twist drill HSCo DIN 338 MFD Speed: 1 x 2.5 mm, 1 x 3.3 mm, 1 x 4.2 mm, 1 x 5.0 mm, 1 x 6.8 mm, 1 x 8.5 mm, 1 x 10.2 mm; 0658 700 001 Machine tap HSCo Multi Performance through hole DIN 371/376: 1 x M3 x 0.5, 1 x M4 x 0.7, 1 x M5 x 0.8, 1 x M6 x 1, 1 x M8 x 1.25, 1 x M10 x 1.5, 1 x M12 x 1.75

Screw taps

Machine tap HSCo Multi Performance through hole DIN 371/376

The high-performance screw tap with the newly-developed generation of shanks (a combination of polygon and straight shank (Ø M4– M12)) for versatile use with almost all machines and materials, such as conventional steels, stainless steels (e.g. V2A, V4A), titanium, heat-resistant and high-strength steels of up to 1200 N/mm2 strength and casting materials. Also suitable for non-ferrous metals, such as aluminium, aluminium alloys, bronze and plastics. • Flexible use in cordless screwdrivers and hand-held, pillar and upright drills thanks to the additional polygon shaft, which prevents slipping in the drill chuck. • Suitable for conventional applications, such as in CNC machining centres with collect chucks or compensation chucks, thanks to the retention of the straight shaft with square mount • Newly developed tool geometry with a reduced rake angle, optimised clearance angle and micro-geometry • Up to three times longer service life than all uncoated machine taps from Würth • Excellent chip removal, prevention of chip bird nesting • Available exclusively from Würth Thread type Material to be processed Hole type Quality Cutting material Surface Form Tolerance of screw taps Service life Trueness to gauge Versatility Cutting behaviour Chip formation Color Coding System

Metric thread Steel, Cast metal, Stainless steel, Titanium, Special alloy, Hard and tough material, Non-ferrous metal Clearance hole ≤ 3xD ZEBRA-Premium HSCo Vaporised B ISO 2X (6HX) ●●●○ ●●●● ●●●● ●●●● ●●●○ ▉ Stainless steel ▉ Steel ▉ Non-ferrous metal ▉ High-strength material

Screw taps

Art. no. P. Qty. Thread type x nominal diameter Pitch Length Shaft diameter Size of square Core hole diameter DIN Shank style

0658 700 200 1/5

0658 700 250 1/5

0658 700 300 1/5

0658 700 400 1/5

0658 700 500 1/5

0658 700 600 1/5

M2.5

0.4 mm 45 mm 2.8 mm 2.1 mm

0.45 mm 50 mm 2.8 mm 2.1 mm

0.5 mm 56 mm 3.5 mm 2.7 mm

0.7 mm 63 mm 4.5 mm 3.4 mm

0.8 mm 70 mm 6 mm 4.9 mm

1 mm 80 mm 6 mm 4.9 mm

1.6 mm

2.05 mm

2.5 mm

3.3 mm

4.2 mm

5 mm

371

Cylindrical with square drive

371 Combination of polygonal and cylinder shank with square drive

0658 700 800 1/5

0658 701 000 1/5

0658 701 200 1

0658 701 400 1

0658 701 600 1

0658 702 000 1

M10

M12

M14

M16

M20

1.25 mm 90 mm 8 mm 6.2 mm

1.5 mm 100 mm 10 mm 8 mm

1.75 mm 110 mm 9 mm 7 mm

2 mm 110 mm 11 mm 9 mm

2 mm 110 mm 12 mm 9 mm

2.5 mm 140 mm 16 mm 12 mm

6.8 mm

8.5 mm

10.2 mm

12 mm

14 mm

17.5 mm

371 Combination of polygonal and cylinder shank with square drive

376 376 Combination of polygonal and Cylindrical with cylinder shank with square drive square drive

376

Cylindrical with square drive

0658 702 400 1

0658 703 000 1

M24

M30

3 mm 160 mm 18 mm 14.5 mm

3.5 mm 180 mm 22 mm 18 mm

21 mm

26.5 mm

376 Cylindrical with square drive

Screw taps

Machine tap assortment HSCo Multi blind hole M3-M12

14 pieces Consisting of MFD speed premium speed drills and Multi Performance blind hole screw taps for versatile use in almost all materials, such as conventional steels, stainless steels (e.g. V2A, V4A), titanium, heat-resistant and high-strength steels of up to 1200 N/mm2 strength and casting materials. Also suitable for non-ferrous metals, such as aluminium, aluminium alloys, bronze and plastics. Twist drill • Up to 50% faster than conventional, ground twist drills thanks to speed geometry • 135° tip angle and optimised cross thinning for outstanding centring • Exclusive Vario coil • 3-face shank (from Ø 4 mm) • Available exclusively from Würth Machine tap • Flexible use in cordless screwdrivers and hand-held, pillar and upright drills thanks to the additional polygon shaft, which prevents slipping in the drill chuck. • Suitable for conventional applications thanks to the retention of the straight shaft with square mount • Newly developed tool geometry with a reduced rake angle, optimised clearance angle and micro-geometry • Up to three times longer service life than all uncoated machine taps from Würth • Excellent chip removal, prevention of chip bird nesting • Available exclusively from Würth Number of pieces in assortment/set Material to be processed Quality Hole type Cutting material Surface Suitable for machine type

14 PCS Steel, Cast metal, Stainless steel, Titanium, Special alloy, Hard and tough material, Non-ferrous metal ZEBRA-Premium Blind hole ≤ 2.5xD HSCo Vaporised Drill, Cordless screwdrivers, Milling/drill center, Pedestal drilling machine

Art. no. 0658 800 001 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Twist drill HSCo DIN 338 MFD Speed: 1 x 2.5 mm, 1 x 3.3 mm, 1 x 4.2 mm, 1 x 5.0 mm, 1 x 6.8 mm, 1 x 8.5 mm, 1 x 10.2 mm; 0658 800 001 Machine tap HSCo Multi Performance blind hole DIN 371/376: 1 x M3 x 0.5, 1 x M4 x 0.7, 1 x M5 x 0.8, 1 x M6 x 1.0, 1 x M8 x 1.25, 1 x M10 x 1.5, 1 x M12 x 1.75

Screw taps

Machine tap HSCo Multi Performance blind hole DIN 371/376

Metric thread Steel, Cast metal, Stainless steel, Titanium, Special alloy, Hard and tough material, Non-ferrous metal Blind hole ≤ 2.5xD ZEBRA-Premium HSCo Vaporised C ISO 2X (6HX) ●●●○ ●●●● ●●●● ●●●● ●●●○ ▉ Stainless steel ▉ Steel ▉ Non-ferrous metal ▉ High-strength material

Screw taps

Art. no. P. Qty. Thread type x nominal diameter Pitch Length Shaft diameter Size of square Core hole diameter DIN Shank style

0658 800 200 1/5

0658 800 250 1/5

0658 800 300 1/5

0658 800 400 1/5

0658 800 500 1/5

0658 800 600 1/5

M2.5

0.4 mm 45 mm 2.8 mm 2.1 mm

0.45 mm 50 mm 2.8 mm 2.1 mm

0.5 mm 56 mm 3.5 mm 2.7 mm

0.7 mm 63 mm 4.5 mm 3.4 mm

0.8 mm 70 mm 6 mm 4.9 mm

1 mm 80 mm 6 mm 4.9 mm

1.6 mm

2.05 mm

2.5 mm

3.3 mm

4.2 mm

5 mm

371

Cylindrical with square drive

371 Combination of polygonal and cylinder shank with square drive

0658 800 800 1/5

0658 801 000 1/5

0658 801 200 1

0658 801 400 1

0658 801 600 1

0658 802 000 1

M10

M12

M14

M16

M20

1.25 mm 90 mm 8 mm 6.2 mm

1.5 mm 100 mm 10 mm 8 mm

1.75 mm 110 mm 9 mm 7 mm

2 mm 110 mm 11 mm 9 mm

2 mm 110 mm 12 mm 9 mm

2.5 mm 140 mm 16 mm 12 mm

6.8 mm

8.5 mm

10.2 mm

12 mm

14 mm

17.5 mm

371 Combination of polygonal and cylinder shank with square drive

376 376 Combination of polygonal and Cylindrical with cylinder shank with square drive square drive

376

Cylindrical with square drive

0658 802 400 1

0658 803 000 1

M24

M30

3 mm 160 mm 18 mm 14.5 mm

3.5 mm 180 mm 22 mm 18 mm

21 mm

26.5 mm

376 Cylindrical with square drive

Sawing

HSS bi-metal cylinder saw assortment

16-piece in system case. With the most popular dimensions for electricians, metal workers and plumbing work. Number of pieces in assortment/set System dimensions

16 PCS 4.4.1

Art. no. 5964 063 200 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 1 x Arbor A2 32 - 200 mm; 1 x Adapter A4 14 - 30 mm; 1 x Slinger spring A7; Cylinder saw HSS bi-metal: 1 x 19 mm, 1 x 22 5964 063 200 mm, 1 x 25 mm, 1 x 32 mm, 1 x 35 mm, 1 x 38 mm, 1 x 44 mm, 1 x 51 mm, 1 x 57 mm, 1 x 64 mm, 1 x 68 mm, 1 x 76 mm; 1 x System insert, foam 4.4.1; 1 x System case 4.4.1

Cylinder saw HSS bi-metal

For use in all steel materials, plus cast metal, copper, bronze, aluminium, plastics and wood. • Number of teeth: 6“ Diameter in inches Cutting depth

9/16 in 32 mm

Art. no. 0632...

Available in different versions. Diameter: 14 to 152 mm P. Qty.: 1

Sawing

Bi-metal saw blade HSS

No saw blade offers more cutting performance and flexibility.

• Specialist steels: High-alloyed, high-speed steel on tooth edge, tough tool steel on back. • Tooth edges of fully hardened material make for unbeatable cutting performance and service life. • Work faster, longer and more economically with only one saw blade. Normal toothing • More profitability • More safety • High cutting performance • Prolonged service life Progressive toothing • Universally used • High tooth pitch in the initial cut area for easy initial cuts. Fluttering of thin materials is considerably reduced. • Low tooth pitch in remaining cutting area for high cutting performance. Max. material thickness Length (L) Teeth per unit of length 24 PCS/Inch 32 PCS/Inch

2 mm 300 mm Min./max. teeth per unit of length 18-32 PCS/Inch

Width (B) 13 mm 12.5 mm 12.5 mm

Hand saw blade

Double-sided saw blade made of high-speed steel • Long service life even with hard, high-alloyed and stainless steel Teeth per unit of length Length (L) Width (B) Thickness (H)

Art. no. 0603 300 25 P. Qty.: 10/50

22 PCS/Inch 300 mm 25 mm 0.8 mm

Thickness (H) 0.65 mm 0.63 mm 0.63 mm

Art. no. 0603 301 13 0603 300 13 0603 300 133

P. Qty. 10/50 10/50/100 10/50/100

Sawing

Jigsaw blade metal a star For thin sheets

Optimized tooth division for clean cutting of thin sheets. • Colour-coded system with 4 distinct colours • Exactly the right jigsaw blade for any application Working length Min./max teeth spacing Especially suitable for Suitable for Min./max. material thickness Number of pieces

66 mm 1.1-1.5 mm Thin sheet metals Aluminium, Non-ferrous metal 1-3 mm 5 PCS

Art. no. 0608 115 93 P. Qty.: 1

Jigsaw blade metal three stars Longlife & Speed

Exact and right-angled cuts in metal sheets. Robust, fast and strong with a long service life. • Colour-coded system with 4 distinct colours • Exactly the right jigsaw blade for any application • The blade cuts precisely and in a right angle through the wider blade body. • The 2 x 2 tooth division ensures a pleasant and easy working. • The high-performance saw blade for extremely demanding applications, high cutting performance and long tool life. Especially suitable for Suitable for Min./max. material thickness Number of pieces

Thick metal sheets Aluminium, Non-ferrous metal 1-3 mm 5 PCS

Art. no. 0615 …

Available in different versions. Length: 68 to 108 mm Teeth spacing: 0.8 to 2.3 mm P. Qty.: 1

Sawing

Metal bow saw

Ergonomic, aluminium die cast metal bow saw Extremely robust and highly scratch-resistant Prevents hand slipping from saw Thanks to pistol grip and hand guide made from 2-component plastic Two saw blade positions (45° and 90°) Rapid blade tensioning and replacement Sheet length Length (L) Height

300 mm 400 mm 135 mm

Art. no. 5760 071 001 P. Qty.: 1/5

Universal saw

For sawing in hard-to-reach places. Handle adjustable by turning Length (L)

250 mm

Design Fixed handle Handle adjustable on all sides

Art. no. 0609 11 0609 10

P. Qty. 1 1

Art. no. 0609 3 0609 2

P. Qty. 1/12 1/12

Small saw blade Length (L) Width (B)

Teeth per unit of length 32 PCS/Inch

145 mm 6 mm

Thickness (H) 0.4 mm 0.45 mm

Sawing

Auto-Messfix

The telescopic measuring tool for bodywork repairs. • For measuring vehicle bodywork after accident damage • Comparison measurements for fitting new components. Actual dimensions can be read immediately and compared directly with the reference dimensions • Reliable inspection and final check of competed work. • Fast, easy damage assessment for quotation, insurance and workshop planning purposes • The interchangeable measuring tips for inside, diagonal and outside measurements permit precise positioning • Design: Square aluminium pipe for removal and insertion with abrasion-proof plastic guides • Scope of delivery: 1 telescopic scale with 2 angled tips, measuring tubes, tube holders, longitudinal measuring tips, measuring cone Min. length measuring range (L min) 0.415 m 0.92 m

Max. length measuring range (L max) 0.925 m 2.6 m

Length (folded together)

Art. no.

P. Qty.

0.415 m 0.92 m

0715 64 99 0715 64 94

1 1

Useful helpers

Bit XZN

For door wrenches

Art. no. 0715 57 51 0715 57 52

P. Qty. 1 1

Bit TX

For door wrenches

Art. no. 0715 57 53 0715 57 54 0715 57 55

P. Qty. 1 1 1

Special airbag socket wrench

For loosening rear airbag fixture on steering wheel • T30 x 85 mm long, with inner bore, 1/4 inch square drive • E.g. for BMW, Opel/Vauxhall, VW; for Mercedes (without inner bore) Drive Drive type Length (L1) Tip type

Art. no. 0715 57 59 P. Qty.: 1

1/4 inch Square-cut 85 mm TX with hole

Plate shears

Ideal snips

Leverage sheet metal snips for continuous and shaped cuts • Rounded grip made from 2-component plastic • Lower handle made from 1-component plastic • Handle heights prevent the shears from slipping out of your hand • Long service life • Unserrated cutting geometry • Lever transmission Length (L) Cutting edge length Max. cutting capacity in sheet metal Max. cutting capacity in stainless steel

260 mm 28 mm 1.8 mm 1.2 mm

Design Left-hand cutting Right-hand cutting

Art. no. 0713 03 110 0713 03 100

P. Qty. 1/5 1/5

Art. no. 0713 03 120 0713 03 115

P. Qty. 1/5 1/5

Shape-cutting snips

Leverage sheet metal shears for continuous cuts and tight curves • Rounded grip made from 2-component plastic • Lower handle made from 1-component plastic • Handle heights prevent the shears from slipping out of your hand • Long service life • Unserrated cutting geometry • Lever transmission Length (L) Cutting edge length Max. cutting capacity in sheet metal Max. cutting capacity in stainless steel Design Left-hand cutting Right-hand cutting

260 mm 28 mm 1.8 mm 1.2 mm

Plate shears

Ideal snips with carbide blades

Leverage sheet metal snips for continuous and shaped cuts • Rounded grip made from 2-component plastic • Lower handle made from 1-component plastic • Handle heights prevent the shears from slipping out of your hand • Long service life • Inserted cemented carbide blades • Unserrated cutting geometry • Lever transmission Length (L) Cutting edge length Max. cutting capacity in sheet metal Max. cutting capacity in stainless steel

260 mm 28 mm 1.8 mm 1.2 mm

Design Left-hand cutting Right-hand cutting

Art. no. 0713 03 135 0713 03 130

Sheet metal snips

Extremely manoeuvrable, powerful and compact • Double leverage • Small and lightweight • Extremely compact shearing head • Shears can be quickly and easily closed and kept closed • Ergonomically shaped handle • Optimised cutting geometry Design Length (L) Max. cutting capacity in sheet metal Max. cutting capacity in stainless steel

Right-hand cutting 180 mm 1.2 mm 0.8 mm

Art. no. 0713 03 200 P. Qty.: 1/5

Spare parts assortment For sheet metal snips Art. no. 0713 03 50 P. Qty.: 1

P. Qty. 1/5 1/5

Useful helpers

Fixing clamp set

For rapid and simple securing of sheet metal for welded and bonded connections • Rapid attachment and releasing of clamps • The lowest-price alternative to conventional locking pliers • Large clamping range in relation to size • No laborious releasing or unscrewing of clamps • Special, angled clamping pliers for universal application of clamps

Number of pieces in assortment/set

17 PCS

Art. no. 0965 744 17 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 0965 744 17

1 x Fixing clamp pliers; Fixing clamp: 8 x 0 - 2,5 mm, 8 x 2,5 - 5 mm

Grip tongs

Locking pliers set

3-piece, including high-quality tool roll. Smooth-running release lever with spring mechanism One-handed operation, pull-action instead of push-action. Jam nut for locking clamping width Robust nickel coating Number of pieces in assortment/set

3 PCS

Art. no. 0714 09 103 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 0714 09 103 Locking pliers with semi-circular jaws: 1 x Min./max. clamping width: 0-42 mm, Length: 190 mm, 1 x ; 1 x Locking pliers with straight jaws

Locking pliers with semi-circular jaws For clamping pipes and shafts

• Smooth-action release lever with spring mechanism • Convenient and effortless one-hand operation - pulling instead of pressing • High-quality zinc coating for extra-long corrosion protection Length Material Surface Product weight (per item)

140 mm Steel Zinc plated 173 g

Art. no. 0715 09 …

Available in other versions. Min./max. clamping width: 0-32 mm to 0-50 mm P. Qty.: 1

Locking pliers with straight jaws For clamping sheets and plates

Art. no. 0715 09 …

190 mm Steel Zinc plated 357 g

Available in other versions. Min./max. clamping width: 0-35 mm to 0-46 mm P. Qty.: 1

Grip tongs

Locking pliers with prism jaws

For a variety of clamping possibilities through combining straight and half-round jaw shapes • Smooth-action release lever with spring mechanism • Convenient and effortless one-hand operation - pulling instead of pressing • High-quality zinc coating for extra-long corrosion protection Length Material Surface

195 mm Steel Zinc plated

Art. no. 0715 09 …

Available in other versions. Min./max. clamping width: 0-35 mm to 0-62 mm P. Qty.: 1

Clamping grip pliers, C type, parallel

Long, tall clamping bracket with movable jaws • Smooth-action release lever with spring mechanism • Convenient and effortless one-hand operation – pulling instead of pressing • High-quality zinc coating for extra-long corrosion protection

W T

Length Clamping depth (T) Height (W) Material Surface

180 mm 35 mm 58 mm Steel Zinc plated

Art. no. 0715 09 …

Available in other versions. Min./max. clamping width: 0-42 mm and 0-86 mm P. Qty.: 1

Grip tongs

Clamping grip pliers, C type

High, long clamping bracket for especially large range • Smooth-action release lever with spring mechanism • Convenient and effortless one-hand operation - pulling instead of pressing • High-quality zinc coating for extra-long corrosion protection

Length Clamping depth (T) Height (W) Material Surface

170 mm 35 mm 55 mm Steel Zinc plated

Art. no. 0715 09 …

Available in other versions. Min./max. clamping width: 0-54 mm to 0-390 mm P. Qty.: 1

Welding locking pliers

With upper U-shaped grip jaws angled by 90° • Smooth-action release lever with spring mechanism • Convenient and effortless one-hand operation - pulling instead of pressing • Upper jaw with recessed handle, permanently welded instead of soldered Length Min./max. clamping width Width of clamping jaw Material Surface

Art. no. 0715 09 13 P. Qty.: 1

265 mm 0-60 mm 75 mm Steel Zinc plated

Grip tongs

Sheet metal locking pliers

Wide and flat clamping jaws for high surface pressure • Smooth-action release lever with spring mechanism • Convenient and effortless one-hand operation - pulling instead of pressing • Upper jaw with recessed handle, permanently welded instead of soldered Length Min./max. clamping width Width of clamping jaw Material Surface

200 mm 0-42 mm 80 mm Steel Zinc plated

Art. no. 0715 09 12 P. Qty.: 1

Locking pliers with long jaws Length Material Surface Product weight (per item)

170 mm Steel Zinc plated 192 g

Art. no. 0715 09 …

Available in other versions. Min./max. clamping width: 0-45 mm and 0-50 mm P. Qty.: 1

Flange and punch pliers

Combination pliers for profiling sheet metal edges and perforating sheet metal Rotatable head for two operations with one tool • For profiling sheet metal edges on sheets up to 1 mm • For perforating sheet metal when spot-welding One-handed, low-effort operation Offsetting depth Jaws width (closed) Hole punch diameter (Ø) Max. cutting capacity in sheet metal Length

13 mm 22 mm 5 mm 1 mm 325 mm

Art. no. 0715 02 45 P. Qty.: 1

Piercing pliers

Punch pliers

• Adjustable stop • Up to 1.5 mm sheet thickness Hole punch diameter (Ø) Length Max. cutting capacity in sheet metal Overhang

5 mm 260 mm 1.5 mm 30 mm

Art. no. 0715 02 46 P. Qty.: 1

Manual flange pliers • Setting depth: 12 mm • Flat jaws

Offsetting depth Jaws width (closed) Max. cutting capacity in sheet metal Length

12 cm 15 mm 1 mm 295 mm

Art. no. 0715 02 41 P. Qty.: 1

Mudguard pincers Length Length in inches Design

Art. no. 0715 02 31 P. Qty.: 1/10

300 mm 12 in Special tool - steel, oil hardened

Useful helpers

Carbide milling bit MX teeth

Standard milling bit with staggered tooth system for universal machining of steel with a hardness < 60 HRC, cast iron, stainless steel, special alloys, hard and tough materials (e.g. Hardox) and hard non-ferrous metals. • Produces short chips and a high surface quality • Manufactured in accordance with strict quality standards including full inspection of soldered connections Form Material to be processed Suitable for hardnesses up to Quality Cutting material Surface Service life Cutting efficiency (point system) Surface quality/finish Versatility Guiding behaviour (point system) Color Coding System

Cylindrical Steel, Cast metal, Stainless steel, Special alloy, Hard and tough material, Non-ferrous metal 60 HRC Würth-Standard Carbide Plain ●●○○ ●●○○ ●●○○ ●●●○ ●●○○ ▉ Stainless steel ▉ Steel ▉ Non-ferrous metal ▉ High-strength material

Art. no. 0616 …

Available in different forms. Head diameter x cutting edge length: 3 x 2.5 mm to 12 x 30 mm P. Qty.: 1

DENT REMOVAL Page Body adjusting tools

81 – 82

Body adjusting tools and filing

83 – 85

Body adjusting tools

Hand pump with hose

Maximum pressure of 4 tonnes Product weight (per item)

6500 g

Art. no. 0715 740 23 P. Qty.: 1

Pressure cylinder 127 mm stroke Product weight (per item)

1746 g

Art. no. 0715 740 24 P. Qty.: 1

Bodywork repair tools Planishing set For all light bodywork pressing tasks • Weight 25 kg • Max. pressure: 4 tonnes • Suitable for hard-to-reach areas • Low weight for easy handling • Push-fit connection for faster assembly Scope of delivery: • 1 each of spreader, hand pump without hose, pressure cylinder with 127 mm stroke, fluted pressure piece, pressure piece prism attachment, pressure piece wedge attachment, piston rod attachment, cylinder attachment, baseplate with rubber pad, 75 mm extension pipe, 150 mm extension pipe, 215 mm extension pipe, 420 mm extension pipe, 495 mm extension pipe, 1.8 m hose, pipe connection, rubber cap, metal case

Included in delivery (Lieferumfang) Product weight (per item)

Art. no. 0715 740 20 P. Qty.: 1

Pressure piece: fluted, prism attachment, wedge attachment; piston rod attachment, cylinder attachment, base plate with rubber support, extension pipe: 75 mm, 150 mm, 215 mm, 420 mm, 495 mm; 1.8 m hose, pipe connection, rubber cap, metal case 23098 g

Body adjusting tools

Bodywork repair tools Planishing set For heavy bodywork pressing tasks

Weight: 36 kg Max. pressure: 10 tonnes Contents: 15 pieces • 1 each of spreader, hand pump with hose, pressure cylinder with 155 mm stroke, fluted pressure piece, pressure piece prism attachment, pressure piece wedge attachment, piston rod attachment, cylinder attachment, baseplate, 380 mm extension pipe, 530 mm extension pipe, 659 mm extension pipe, 2-piece pipe connection, rubber cap, metal case

Included in delivery (Lieferumfang) Product weight (per item)

Fluted pressure piece, pressure piece prism attachment, pressure piece wedge attachment, piston rod attachment, cylinder attachment, base plate, 380 mm ext. pipe, 530 mm ext. pipe, 659 mm ext. pipe, 2 x piece pipe connection, rubber cap, metal case 36000 g

Art. no. 0715 740 100 P. Qty.: 1

Spreader Product weight (per item)

1877 g

Art. no. 0715 740 101 P. Qty.: 1

Hand pump with hose

Maximum pressure of 10 tonnes Product weight (per item)

7539 g

Art. no. 0715 740 102 P. Qty.: 1

Body adjusting tools

Pressure cylinder 155 mm stroke Product weight (per item)

5189 g

Art. no. 0715 740 103 P. Qty.: 1

Pulling chain

• One hook • Max. tensile force 10 t Chain length Product weight (per item) Weight

2.7 m 7309 g 6.5 kg

Art. no. 0715 740 14 P. Qty.: 1

Plastic trim wedge

For all work on trim strips and rubber seals • For all work on trim strips and rubber seals • Wedge shape also suitable for aligning vehicle doors • Special plastic prevents damage to paintwork Length (L) Width Height

Art. no. 0714 58 32 P. Qty.: 1

200 mm 32 mm 25 mm

Body adjusting tools and filing

Universal hook

Small size perfect for removing covers, wing mirrors etc. • Special plastic prevents damage to paintwork • Special shape facilitates positioning of rubber window seals, door seals etc. Length Material

190 mm Special plastics

Art. no. 0714 58 39 P. Qty.: 1

Stepped lever

Break-proof and impact-resistant special plastic • For adjusting and aligning doors, boots etc. • Non-slip surface prevents inadvertent slippage. • Lightweight for effortless work. Length Width Height Material

280 mm 70 mm 20 mm Special plastics

Art. no. 0714 58 38 P. Qty.: 1

Window and trim wedge

For installing window strips, trim strips and door interior panels without damage Suitable for Opel, Ford, DB and BMW 3 series and others From unbreakable special plastic Gentle on material • Use of the lever across the entire width prevents damage to the strip • Half-round profile at the rear allows the strip to be re-inserted with ease • The milled lead-in chamfer permits easy positioning Also suitable for curved surfaces Length Width Height Material

350 mm 180 mm 15 mm Plastic

Art. no. 0714 58 30 P. Qty.: 1

Body adjusting tools and filing

Mounting wedge

For simple and rapid detachment of e.g. door panelling, sealing plugs and protective caps of hollow hinge pins Material: Plastic Prevents damage to paintwork Length Width Height Material

270 mm 22 mm 8 mm Plastic

Art. no. 0714 58 31 P. Qty.: 1/10

Special peen planishing hammer With large, extra-thin face Length of head Face diameter (hammer) (Ø) Peen length x peen width Hammer weight Material Material of the grip handle Length of handle

140 mm 40 mm 14 x 3 mm 330 g Hardened steel Hickory 320 mm

Art. no. 0715 74 … Available in other versions. P. Qty.: 1

Hand anvil Curved profile For edges

Work surfaces ground and polished Face width (hammer) Face length (hammer)

Art. no. 0715 74 … Available in other versions. P. Qty.: 1

55 mm 125 mm

Body adjusting tools and filing

Bodywork file holder • Concave and convex settings • Aluminium handle

Sheet width Length (L1) Height (H1)

35 mm 350 mm 110 mm

Art. no. 0714 61 73 P. Qty.: 1

WELDING Page Welding and autogenous technology Electrode welding inverter accessoir

88 – 92 93

TIG welding inverter accessoirs

94 – 95

Accessories

96 – 98

MIG/MAG welding systems

99 – 102

MIG/MAG welding system accessories

103 – 113

Useful helpers

114

Multifunction spotter

115

PinPuller-Spot

116

Welding and cutting torch set

117 – 119

Bottle pressure reducer

120

Accessories

121

Useful helpers

122 – 123

Soldering gun Turbojet

124 – 125

Soldering and welding consumables

126 – 129

Rod electrode

130 – 134

Inert gas welding wire

135 – 136

Welding protection

137 – 146

Welding and autogenous technology

Electrode manual welding inverter ESI 160

Digital electrode welding inverter. Your entry level device for all e-hand applications. • MicorBoost technology facilitates the welding of all electrodes, including cellulose • Switchable to TIG welding with ContacTIG ignition • Optimal for assembly application thanks to IP23 and S sign 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Weldable electrodes Weldable TIG welding rods Min./max. electrode welding current Min./max. TIG welding current ON time at max. current (40°C) Welding current at ED 100% Welding current at ED 60% Weldable material thickness Product weight (per item)

230 V/AC 1.5 - 4 mm 1 - 2.4 mm 10-150 A 15-160 A 30 % 110 A 120 A Steel up to 10 mm, TIG welding steel/stainless steel 1 - 6 mm, Copper 1 - 3 mm 11824 g

Art. no. 5952 000 162 P. Qty.: 1

Proof of performance Marking: CE, S

Contents for art. no. 5952 000 162

1 x Carrying case; 1 x Earthing cable; 1 x Electrode welding cable

Welding and autogenous technology

Electrode manual welding inverter ESI 200

Small, powerful electrode welding inverter for all power jobs • MicorBoost technology facilitates the welding of all electrodes, including cellulose • Simple switching to electrode types • 80 cm drop safety (min. 25 cm according to standard) • Switchable to TIG welding with ContacTIG ignition • Smooth and uniform arc (arc force regulation) • No sticking of electrode (anti-stick system) • Hot start • Power supply (400 V) or generator - optimal welding properties, including with long wires or in the case of mains voltage fluctuations. • Light and compact (5.5 kg at 200 A (30% ED)) • Optimal for assembly application thanks to IP23 and S sign 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Min./max. current Weldable electrodes Weldable TIG welding rods ON time at max. current (40°C) Weldable material thickness Product weight (per item)

5-200 A 1.5 - 5 mm 1 - 3.2 mm 30 % Steel up to 10 mm, TIG welding steel/stainless steel 1 - 4 mm, Copper 1 - 3 mm 6500 g

Art. no. 5952 351 1 P. Qty.: 1

Proof of performance Marking: CE, S

Contents for art. no. 5952 351 1

1 x Earthing cable; 1 x Electrode welding cable; 1 x Carrying case

Welding and autogenous technology

TIG welding system 180DC

The compact professional device, extremely easy to control and preset welding parameters facilitate your professional introduction into TIG welding. • Touch-free HF ignition possible via push button, switchable to conventional contact ignition • Switchable to electrode welding • Tungsten electrode and seam are optimally protected against oxidation thanks to automatic gas management • Fan standby function, modern performance electronics • Two welding jobs per electrode and TIG can be stored • Special coating of PCB • Light and compact (6.5 kg at 180 A (30% ED)) • Optimal for assembly application thanks to IP23 and S sign • 80 cm drop safety (min. 25 cm according to standard) 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Weldable electrodes Weldable TIG welding rods Min./max. electrode welding current Min./max. TIG welding current Product weight (per item)

1.5 - 4 mm 1 - 2.4 mm 5-150 A 5-180 A 6500 g

Art. no. 0702 353 01 P. Qty.: 1

Proof of performance Marking: CE, S

Contents for art. no. 0702 353 01

1 x Bottle Pressure Reducer; 1 x TIG torch WLT 17 K; 1 x Carrying case; 1 x Earthing cable

Welding and autogenous technology

WIG welding system 180 AC/DC

Easy to operate WIG full professional system. Whether on a construction site or in the workshop, you enjoy the full convenience of the system. • Aluminium welding also possible with AC/DC • Touch-free HF ignition possible via push button, switchable to conventional contact ignition • Switchable to electrode welding • Tungsten electrode and seam are optimally protected against oxidation thanks to automatic gas management • Fan standby function, modern performance electronics • Two welding jobs per electrode and TIG can be stored • Special coating of PCB • Light and compact (13.3 kg at 180 A (35% ED)) • Optimal for assembly application thanks to IP23 and S sign • 60 cm drop safety (min. 25 cm according to standard) 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Weldable electrodes Weldable TIG welding rods Min./max. electrode welding current Min./max. TIG welding current ON time at max. current (40°C) Welding current at ED 100% Welding current at ED 60% Weldable material thickness Product weight (per item)

230 V/AC 1.5 - 4 mm 1 - 3.2 mm 10-150 A 3-180 A 35 % 130 A 150 A Aluminium 1 - 5 mm, Copper 1 - 3 mm, Steel up to 10 mm, Steel/stainless steel 1-8 mm 13.3 kg

Art. no. 5952 000 181 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Proof of performance Marking: CE, S

Contents for art. no. 5952 000 181

1 x Gas hose with quick-action coupling; 1 x Earthing cable

Welding and autogenous technology

Welding unit PinPuller-Spot with LCD display

Universal welding unit for all dent-removal work on steel bodywork. • LCD display for simple status indication with a selection of pre-set programs • Precise setting of welding time and welding current and reproducible results • Corrosion protection virtually preserved • Tools are always ready to use • Simple and flexible • Also suitable for tools without trigger button Nominal voltage Frequency Power rating Conditions for power rating Main fuse IP protection class Secondary-current short circuit Length Width Height Number of phases Secondary voltage Control current connection socket Connecting socket diameter Product weight (per item)

Art. no. 0691 500 299 P. Qty.: 1

230 V/AC 50 Hz 2 kVA at 50% duty cycle 16 A slow IP 21 1600 A 320 mm 180 mm 285 mm 1 PCS 7 V/AC Renk, XLR 13 mm 15407 g

Electrode welding inverter accessoir

Earthing cable

For ESI 150/WIG 180 DC Length Cable cross section

2.5 m 25 mm2

Art. no. 0984 150 7 P. Qty.: 1

Electrode welding cable

For electrode welding inverter ESI 150/WIG 180 DC/WIG 180 AC/DC Length Cable cross section

3.5 m 25 mm2

Art. no. 0984 150 8 P. Qty.: 1

Earthing cable

For ESI 200 electrode welding inverter Length Cable cross section

3m 35 mm2

Art. no. 0984 150 170 P. Qty.: 1

Electrode welding cable

For ESI 200 electrode welding inverter Length Cable cross section

4m 35 mm2

Art. no. 0984 150 180 P. Qty.: 1

Carrying case Black, empty

For electrode welding inverter Art. no. 0984 150 6 P. Qty.: 1

TIG welding inverter accessoirs

TIG welding system 180DC

1.5 - 4 mm 1 - 2.4 mm 5-150 A 5-180 A 6500 g

Art. no. 0702 353 01 P. Qty.: 1

Proof of performance Marking: CE, S

Contents for art. no. 0702 353 01

1 x Bottle Pressure Reducer; 1 x TIG torch WLT 17 K; 1 x Carrying case; 1 x Earthing cable

TIG welding inverter accessoirs

Bottle Pressure Reducer

In accordance with DIN EN ISO 2503

Shielding gas Acetylene Argon/CO2 Argon/CO2 Oxygen

Manometer display 1.5/2.5 bar 30 l/min 30 l/min 10/16 bar

Hose connection diameter 3/8 in 1/4 in 1/4 in 1/4 in

Working pressure 200 bar 200 bar 200 bar

Product weight (per item) 1869 g 1208 g 1305 g 1339 g

Art. no.

P. Qty.

0984 018 02 0984 018 04 0984 018 03 0984 018 01

1 1 1 1

Carrying case Black, empty

For electrode welding inverter Art. no. 0984 150 6 P. Qty.: 1

Electrode welding cable

For electrode welding inverter ESI 150/WIG 180 DC/WIG 180 AC/DC Length Cable cross section

3.5 m 25 mm2

Art. no. 0984 150 8 P. Qty.: 1

TIG torch WLV 17 For ESI 150/ESI 200 Length

Art. no. 0984 150 0 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 0984 150 0

1 x Tungsten electrode, gold

Accessories

TIG torch WLT 17 K For TIG 180 DC

• Burner with highly-flexible ball joint for easier handling when working. • The burner hose is also covered with a 0.5 m length of Nappa leather. • Supplied with gold tungsten electrode Ø 1.6 mm and long burner cap. Length 4m 8m

Art. no. 0984 150 104 0984 150 108

P. Qty. 1 1

Art. no. 0984 150 010 0984 150 012 0984 150 024 0984 150 032

P. Qty. 5 5 5 5

Art. no. 0984 150 15 0984 150 166 0984 150 17

P. Qty. 5 5 5

Clamping sleeve housing

For WLV17/WLT17K/WLT26 TIG torch

Diameter (Ø) 1 mm 1.6 mm 2.4 mm 3.2 mm

Ceramic gas nozzle

For WLV17/WLT17K/WLT26 TIG torch

Size 5 6 7

Internal diameter 8 mm 9.5 mm 11 mm

Accessories

Torch cap

For WLV17/WLT17K/WLT26 TIG torch

Design Long Short

Length 122 mm 27 mm

Art. no. 0984 150 30 0984 150 35

P. Qty. 1 1

Clamping sleeve

For WLV17/WLT17K/WLT26 TIG torch Art. no. 0984 150 10 0984 150 16 0984 150 24 0984 150 32

P. Qty. 5 5 5 5

TIG lift arc set WLV17 For ESI 150/ESI 200

Scope of delivery: • TIG torch WLV 17, 4 m long, with rotary valve • Tungsten electrode, gold • Diameter: 1.6 mm, pressure reducer K: Argon/CO2 Art. no. 0984 150 2 P. Qty.: 1

Accessories

Tungsten electrode, gold

For WLV17/WLT17K/WLT26 TIG torch • Good ignition characteristics and long service life • Suitable for DC and AC Length

175 mm

Diameter (Ø) 1 mm 1.6 mm 2.4 mm 3.2 mm

Min./max. current 3-40 A 15-130 A 70-240 A 140-320 A

TIG equipment kit 1

For WLV17/WLT17K TIG torch. <Diameter/> 1.6 mm. Scope of delivery: • 1 x tungsten electrode, gold, Ø 1.6 mm • 3 x clamping sleeve housing, Ø 1.6 mm • 3 x clamping sleeve, Ø 1.6 mm • 5 x ceramic gas nozzles, size 5 • 1 x plastic case, black/red Art. no. 0984 150 3 P. Qty.: 1

TIG equipment kit 2

For WLV17/WLT17K TIG torch, Ø 2.4 mm. Scope of delivery: • 1 x gold tungsten electrode, Ø 2.4 mm • 3 x clamping sleeve housing, Ø 2.4 mm • 3 x clamping sleeve, Ø 2.4 mm • 5 x ceramic gas nozzle, size 6 • 1 x plastic case, black & red Art. no. 0984 150 4 P. Qty.: 1

Identification colour Gold Gold

Art. no. 0984 150 110 0984 150 116 0984 150 124 0984 150 132

P. Qty. 10 10 10 10

MIG/MAG welding systems

MIG/MAG welding system MM 230

Welding system with 2-roller wire feed unit for welding aluminium, steel and stainless steel welding wire. • Adjustable switching mechanism using step switch with 7 levels • Automatic control of welding current, post-purge gas flow and spot welding time • Wire feed automatically adjusts to the selected level 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Weldable wires Min./max. current ON time at max. current (40°C) Cable length Weight of machine Equipped wire diameter Wire feed roll for stainless steel Wire feed roll for steel

400 V/AC Aluminium, diameter 1 - 1.2 mm, Steel, diameter 0.6-1 mm 30-230 A 20 % 3m 66 kg 1 mm 1 mm 0.8 mm

Art. no. 0702 352 0 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 0702 352 0

1 x Bottle Pressure Reducer; 1 x Earthing cable; 1 x MIG/MAG hose pack MB 25 AK

MIG/MAG welding systems

MIG/MAG welding system MM 350

Welding system with 4-roller wire feed unit for welding aluminium, steel and stainless steel welding wire

• Finely-adjustable switching mechanism using 2 x 12 level coarse/fine switches • Overload protection • Can be used for long periods thanks to fan cooling • Automatic control of welding current, post-purge gas flow and spot welding time • Wire feed automatically adjusts to the selected settings • Can be switched between 2/4-cycle spot welding 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Weldable wires Min./max. current ON time at max. current (40°C) Cable length Weight of machine Equipped wire diameter Width Height Length

400 V/AC Aluminium, diameter 0.8 - 1.6 mm, Steel/stainless steel, diameter 1 - 1.6 mm 25-350 A 30 % 5m 104 kg 1 mm 390 mm 690 mm 830 mm

Art. no. 5952 352 350 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Contents for art. no. 1 x Power cable; 1 x Bottle Pressure Reducer; 1 x Gas Hose; 1 x MIG/MAG hose pack, complete, 4 m long; 1 x Earthing cable 5952 352 350

100

MIG/MAG welding systems

MIG/MAG hose pack MB 15 AK

Air-cooled, with Bikox hose pack and KZ-2 central connector • Ideal for all apparatus, vehicle, machine and steel construction • Original Bikox hose package is highly flexible, compact, robust and has a long service life • The hose pack has a central connection system, also called „Euro connection“ • Load: 180 A CO2; 150 A mixed gas M21 in accordance with EN 439, 60% switch-on time Scope of delivery: One each of push button, torch neck, gas nozzle holder, contact nozzle Ø 0.8 mm, aluminium wire contact nozzle 1 mm, conical gas nozzle, cylindrical gas nozzle, spot gas nozzle, retaining spring Suitable for min./max. wire diameter Hose length 3m 4m

0.6-1 mm Art. no. 0984 160 130 0984 160 140

P. Qty. 1 1

Contents for art. no. Contact tip MB 15 AK: 1 x , 1 x ; 1 x Retaining spring; 1 x Gas nozzle MB 15 AK; 1 x Spot gas nozzle; 1 x Gas nozzle MB 15 0984 160 130 AK; 1 x Torch neck; 1 x Gas nozzle holder; 1 x Push-button Contact tip MB 15 AK: 1 x , 1 x ; 1 x Retaining spring; 1 x Gas nozzle MB 15 AK; 1 x Spot gas nozzle; 1 x Gas nozzle MB 15 0984 160 140 AK; 1 x Torch neck; 1 x Gas nozzle holder; 1 x Push-button

101

MIG/MAG welding systems

MIG/MAG hose pack MB 25 AK

Air-cooled, with Bikox hose pack and KZ-2 central connector

• Ideal for all apparatus, vehicle, machine and steel construction • Original Bikox hose package is highly flexible, compact, robust and has a long service life • The hose pack has a central connection system, also called „Euro connection“ • Load: 230 A CO2; 200 A mixed gas M 21 in accordance with EN 439, 60% switch-on time Scope of delivery: One each of push button, torch neck, nozzle block, contact nozzle Ø 0.8 mm, aluminium wire contact nozzle 1.2 mm, conical gas nozzle, cylindrical gas nozzle, spot gas nozzle, retaining spring Suitable for min./max. wire diameter

0.8-1.2 mm

Hose length 3m 4m

Art. no. 0984 260 130 0984 260 140

P. Qty. 1 1

Contents for art. no. 1 x Push-button; 1 x Contact tip MB 25 AK Suitable for wire diameter: 0.8 mm; 1 x Retaining spring; Gas nozzle MB 25 AK: 1 x Tip 0984 260 130 diameter: 15 mm, 1 x Tip diameter: 18 mm; 1 x Torch neck; 1 x Nozzle Block 1 x Push-button; Contact tip MB 25 AK: 1 x , 1 x ; 1 x Retaining spring; Gas nozzle MB 25 AK: 1 x Tip diameter: 15 mm, 1 x Tip 0984 260 140 diameter: 18 mm, 1 x Tip diameter: 18 mm; 1 x Torch neck; 1 x Nozzle Block

MIG/MAG hose pack, complete, 4 m long ML 38

• Air-cooled, with BIKOX® hose pack and KZ-2 central connector • Ideal for all apparatus, vehicle, machine and steel construction Type description Hose length Suitable for min./max. wire diameter

ML 38 4m 0.8-1.6 mm

Art. no. 0984 380 250 P. Qty.: 1

Proof of performance

In accordance with EN 60974-7 Loads: 360A CO2; 320A mixed gas M21 in accordance with DIN EN 439

102

MIG/MAG welding system accessories

Earthing cable

For ESI 150/WIG 180 DC Length Cable cross section

2.5 m 25 mm2

Art. no. 0984 150 7 P. Qty.: 1

Earthing cable

For MIG/MAG welding systems Hose length

Art. no. 0984 380 354 P. Qty.: 1

Bottle Pressure Reducer

In accordance with DIN EN ISO 2503

Shielding gas Acetylene Argon/CO2 Argon/CO2 Oxygen

Manometer display 1.5/2.5 bar 30 l/min 30 l/min 10/16 bar

Hose connection diameter 3/8 in 1/4 in 1/4 in 1/4 in

Working pressure 200 bar 200 bar 200 bar

Product weight (per item) 1869 g 1208 g 1305 g 1339 g

Art. no.

P. Qty.

0984 018 02 0984 018 04 0984 018 03 0984 018 01

1 1 1 1

103

MIG/MAG welding system accessories

Gas Hose

For MM 350 welding system Open end Must be attached using hose clamp Hose length

1.8 m

Art. no. 0984 380 180 P. Qty.: 1

Earthing cable

For TIG 180 AC/DC, TIG 180 DC, ESI 150 welding units — 25 mm2 Length

Art. no. 0984 150 70 P. Qty.: 1

MIG/MAG hose pack MB 15 AK

Air-cooled, with Bikox hose pack and KZ-2 central connector

• Ideal for all apparatus, vehicle, machine and steel construction • Original Bikox hose package is highly flexible, compact, robust and has a long service life • The hose pack has a central connection system, also called „Euro connection“ • Load: 180 A CO2; 150 A mixed gas M21 in accordance with EN 439, 60% switch-on time Scope of delivery: One each of push button, torch neck, gas nozzle holder, contact nozzle Ø 0.8 mm, aluminium wire contact nozzle 1 mm, conical gas nozzle, cylindrical gas nozzle, spot gas nozzle, retaining spring Suitable for min./max. wire diameter Hose length 3m 4m

0.6-1 mm Art. no. 0984 160 130 0984 160 140

P. Qty. 1 1

104

MIG/MAG welding system accessories

Contact tip MB 15 AK

For welding torch MB 15 AK

Length Tip diameter Connection thread Suitable for welding wire Aluminium Aluminium Steel Steel Steel

19 mm 6.3 mm M6 Suitable for wire diameter 0.8 mm 1 mm 0.6 mm 0.8 mm 1 mm

Art. no. 0984 160 115 0984 160 116 0984 160 106 0984 160 108 0984 160 110

P. Qty. 5 5 1/5 1/ 5 1/ 5

Retaining spring

For welding torch MB 15 AK

Art. no. 0984 160 13 P. Qty.: 1/5

105

MIG/MAG welding system accessories

Gas nozzle MB 15 AK

For welding torch MB 15 AK Diameter Length

18 mm 53 mm

Design Conical Cylindrical

Tip diameter 12 mm 16 mm

Spot gas nozzle

For welding torch MB 15 AK

Tip diameter Length Diameter

Art. no. 0984 160 15 P. Qty.: 1/2

106

16 mm 60 mm 19 mm

Art. no. 0984 160 14 0984 160 16

P. Qty. 1/3 3

MIG/MAG welding system accessories

Gas nozzle holder

For welding torch MB 15 AK

Art. no. 0984 160 18 P. Qty.: 2

Torch neck

For welding torch MB 15 AK

Art. no. 0984 160 17 P. Qty.: 1

107

MIG/MAG welding system accessories

MIG/MAG hose pack MB 25 AK

Air-cooled, with Bikox hose pack and KZ-2 central connector

0.8-1.2 mm

Hose length 3m 4m

Art. no. 0984 260 130 0984 260 140

P. Qty. 1 1

Contact tip MB 25 AK

For welding torch MB 25 AK Length Tip diameter Connection thread

Suitable for welding wire Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Steel Steel Steel

108

20 mm 8 mm M6

Suitable for wire diameter 0.8 mm 1 mm 1.2 mm 0.8 mm 1 mm 1.2 mm

Art. no. 0984 260 115 0984 260 116 0984 260 117 0984 260 108 0984 260 110 0984 260 112

P. Qty. 5 5 5 1/5 1/ 5 1/ 5

MIG/MAG welding system accessories

Gas nozzle MB 25 AK

For welding torch MB 25 AK Diameter Length

Design Conical Cylindrical

22 mm 57 mm

Tip diameter 15 mm 18 mm

Art. no. 0984 260 14 0984 260 16

P. Qty. 1/3 3

Retaining spring

For welding torch MB 25 AK

Art. no. 0984 260 13 P. Qty.: 1/5

Torch neck

For welding torch MB 25 AK

Art. no. 0984 260 17 P. Qty.: 1

109

MIG/MAG welding system accessories

Nozzle Block

For welding torch MB 25 AK

Art. no. 0984 260 18 P. Qty.: 2

MIG/MAG hose pack, complete, 3 m long ML 38

• Air-cooled, with BIKOX® hose pack and KZ-2 central connector • Ideal for all apparatus, vehicle, machine and steel construction Type description Suitable for min./max. wire diameter Length

ML 38 0.8-1.6 mm 3m

Art. no. 0984 380 230 P. Qty.: 1

Proof of performance

In accordance with EN 60974-7 Loads: 360A CO2; 320A mixed gas M21 in accordance with DIN EN 439

Gas nozzle Conical

• Length: 72 mm • Opening diameter: 18 mm Length

Art. no. 0984 380 219 P. Qty.: 3

110

72 mm

MIG/MAG welding system accessories

Gas nozzle Cylindrical

• Length: 72 mm • Opening diameter: 21 mm Length

72 mm

Art. no. 0984 380 220 P. Qty.: 3

Gas nozzle holder Length Female thread Thread type

52 mm 8 mm Metric thread

Art. no. 0984 380 218 P. Qty.: 2

Contact tip

For steel wire Length Suitable for welding wire Connection thread

20 mm Steel M8

Suitable for wire diameter 0.8 mm 1 mm 1.2 mm

Material Copper Copper

Art. no. 0984 380 208 0984 380 210 0984 380 212

P. Qty. 5 5 5

Contact tip

For aluminium wire • Length: 20 mm • Thread: M8 Length Suitable for welding wire Connection thread Art. no. 0984 380 310 0984 380 312

20 mm Aluminium, Steel M8

P. Qty. 5 5

111

MIG/MAG welding system accessories

Guide spiral

Wire guide for SG 2/SG 3 inert gas welding wire • Insulated • With retaining nipple Hose connection diameter 2 Suitable for min./max. wire diameter 0.6-0.9 mm 0.6-0.9 mm 1-1.2 mm

4.5 mm

Suitable for Hose pack 3 m, MB 15/ MB 25/ML 38 Hose pack 4 m, MB 15/ MB 25/ML 38 Hose pack 4 m, MB 15/ MB 25/ML 38

Colour

Hose connection diameter

Art. no.

P. Qty.

Blue

1.5 mm

0984 300 01

Blue

1.5 mm

0984 300 02

Red

2 mm

0984 300 04

Art. no. 0984 300 06 0984 300 07

P. Qty. 1 1

PTFE core, aluminium torch set

Wire guide for converting to aluminium inert gas welding wire Suitable for min./max. wire diameter Length

1-1.2 mm 4m

Art. no. 0984 300 05 P. Qty.: 1

PTFE core, stainless steel torch set

Wire guide for converting to stainless steel inert gas welding wire For converting to stainless steel welding wire Length

Suitable for min./max. wire diameter 0.6-1 mm 1-1.2 mm

112

MIG/MAG welding system accessories

CO2 special pliers

For quick and customised trimming of the welding wire • Saves time when cleaning the inert gas nozzle • Inert gas nozzle can be removed • Contact tip can be loosened and tightened Min./max. grip range 12-15 mm 15-18 mm

Art. no. 0984 301 0984 302

P. Qty. 1 1

Art. no. 0984 352 01 0984 352 03

P. Qty. 1 1

Wire feed roller

For MM 230 welding system

Suitable for min./max. wire diameter 0.8-1 mm 1-1.2 mm

Suitable for welding wire Steel, Stainless steel Aluminium

113

Useful helpers

Corrosion protection agent Metalyt

Repair coat for retrospective galvanising with TITANID formula • Ideal surface structure for all bodywork and paintwork • Sprayable micro-coating for professional trades • One spray coat is sufficient • Spot welding, inert gas welding and gas fusion welding possible Chemical basis Contents Colour Min./max. dust-drying time/conditions

Zinc in inorganic-organic matrix 400 ml Silver grey 5-8 min/at 20°C

Art. no. 0893 214 420 P. Qty.: 1/12

Proof of Performance

TITANID corrosion protection formula awarded The German Raw Material Efficiency prize 2011

Welding spray Perfect

Biological welding protection spray for aluminium, structural steel, non-ferrous base metals, stainless steels and welding torch nozzles. • Prevents the burning-on of weld splatter on metals, VA materials and on welding torch nozzles. • Weld spray residues are easy to remove • Harmless when subsequently zinc-plating and painting • Corrosion protection Contents Colour Container Chemical basis Shelf life from production

Art. no. 0893 102 100 P. Qty.: 1/12

114

400 ml White Aerosol can Rapeseed oil emulsion 24 Month

Multifunction spotter

Multifunction spotter Spot 4500 SN2 The ideal unit for dent removal work

• Fast dent removal from outside with slide hammer puller • Allows welding of stud bolts, T-pins, discs and corrugated wire • With carbon or copper electrodes, sheet steel can be drawn-in and smoothed • Large application range thanks to extra-long pistol cable • Virtually all accessory parts for dent-removal available on the market can be used with this device Scope of delivery • Multifunction dent-removing device • Cart with storage tray • Multifunction pistol with 2500-mm cable length • Earthing cable with terminal, 2500-mm cable length • For dent removal, spot welding, pulling in sheet metal • Range of accessories for dent removal • Slide hammer puller Nominal voltage Frequency Power rating Conditions for power rating Power (welding) Main fuse IP protection class Secondary-current short circuit Max. current Length Width Height Heat class Cable cross section Number of phases Secondary voltage Control current connection socket Product weight (per item)

400 V/DC 50 Hz 5 kW at 100% action time 20 kW 16 A slow IP 21 4.5 kA/AC/DC 0.63 kA/AC/DC 44 cm 14 cm 23 cm F 7.5 mm2 1 PCS 5.6 V/DC XLR 31000 g

Art. no. 0691 500 270 P. Qty.: 1

115

PinPuller-Spot

Welding unit PinPuller-Spot with LCD display

230 V/AC 50 Hz 2 kVA at 50% duty cycle 16 A slow IP 21 1600 A 320 mm 180 mm 285 mm 1 PCS 7 V/AC Renk, XLR 13 mm 15407 g

Art. no. 0691 500 299 P. Qty.: 1

Welding and cutting torch set For acetylene/oxygen • Shank Ø 17 mm • Set in steel sheet box Art. no. 0984 017 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 1 x Handle; 1 x Cutting torch; 1 x Universal wrench; 1 x Welding attachment; 1 x Spring lever, guide carriage and circular 0984 017 guide; 1 x Welding attachment; 1 x Heating Nozzle; Cutting Nozzle: 1 x , 1 x , 1 x ; Welding attachment: 1 x , 1 x ; 1 x Ignition Gun; 1 x Nozzle cleaner

116

Welding and cutting torch set

Handle

For welding and cutting torch • Shank Ø 17 mm, with replaceable valve inserts (mono-block valves) • Hose connections 6/9 mm Suitable for hose internal diameter Shaft diameter

6 mm 17 mm

Art. no. 0984 017 0 P. Qty.: 1

Welding attachment For acetylene

Material thickness mm/connecting thread • 0.5 - 6.0 mm = M 10 x 1.5 • 6.0 - 14.0 mm = M 12 x 1.5 Min./max. material thickness 0.5-1 mm 1-2 mm 2-4 mm 4-6 mm 6-9 mm 9-14 mm

Art. no. 0984 017 1 0984 017 2 0984 017 3 0984 017 4 0984 017 5 0984 017 6

P. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cutting torch Art. no. 0984 017 010 P. Qty.: 1

117

Welding and cutting torch set

Nozzle cleaner For welding tips

Art. no. 0984 017 90

Ignition Gun

For welding and cutting torch Art. no. 0984 017 9 P. Qty.: 1

Heating Nozzle Min./max. material thickness

3-100 mm

Art. no. 0984 017 30 P. Qty.: 1

Copper mouth piece For welding attachments

Min./max. material thickness 1-2 mm 2-4 mm 4-6 mm

118

Art. no. 0984 017 22 0984 017 23 0984 017 24

P. Qty. 1 1 1

Welding and cutting torch set

Cutting Nozzle

For welding and cutting torch

Min./max. material thickness 3-10 mm 10-25 mm 25-40 mm 40-60 mm 60-100 mm

Art. no. 0984 017 31 0984 017 32 0984 017 33 0984 017 34 0984 017 35

P. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1

Installation insert For acetylene

• Shaft Ø 17 mm • Total length 230 mm • Copper pipe Ø 5 mm Min./max. material thickness

2-4 mm

Art. no. 0984 017 8 P. Qty.: 1

119

Bottle pressure reducer

Bottle Pressure Reducer

In accordance with DIN EN ISO 2503

Shielding gas Acetylene Argon/CO2 Argon/CO2 Oxygen

Manometer display 1.5/2.5 bar 30 l/min 30 l/min 10/16 bar

Hose connection diameter 3/8 in 1/4 in 1/4 in 1/4 in

Working pressure 200 bar 200 bar 200 bar

Product weight (per item) 1869 g 1208 g 1305 g 1339 g

Art. no.

P. Qty.

0984 018 02 0984 018 04 0984 018 03 0984 018 01

1 1 1 1

Art. no. 0984 018 021 0984 018 020 0984 018 030 0984 018 031 0984 018 011 0984 018 010

P. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1

Pressure Reducer-Manometer According to DIN EN 562/ISO 2503 Diameter Connection diameter

63 mm 13.2 mm

Shielding gas Acetylene Acetylene Argon/CO2 Argon/CO2 Oxygen Oxygen

Manometer Protection Cap For all gases

Art. no. 0984 018 060 P. Qty.: 5

120

Manometer display 0-18/40 bar (capacity pressure) 0-1.5/2.5 bar (operating pressure) 0-200/315 bar (capacity pressure) 0-32 l/min (flow rate) 0-200/315 bar (capacity pressure) 0-10/16 bar (operating pressure)

Accessories

Connection Seal

For pressure reducer Outer diameter Internal diameter Thickness

18 mm 11.8 mm 2 mm

Art. no. 0984 018 050 P. Qty.: 10

Welding Outfit Back-Pressure Valve

For connection to pressure reducer model GVX 10 Oxygen: • P1 = 5 bar • P2 = 3.5 bar

= 24 m3/h throughput

Combustible gas: • P1 = 1.5 bar • P2 = 0.9 bar

= 6.5 m3/h throughput

Shielding gas All-gas Oxygen

Type description GVA 10 GVO 10

Hose connection diameter 3/8 in 1/4 in

Art. no. 0984 017 930 0984 017 920

P. Qty. 1 1

Art. no. 0984 017 905 0984 017 910

P. Qty. 1 1

Oxyacetylene high-pressure hose Fabricated with grommets and union nuts 9 x 3.5 + 6 x 5 mm

Length 5m 10 m

121

Useful helpers

Welder‘s hammer

(slag hammer) DIN 5133 Steel, 400 g Material Colour DIN

Steel Green 5133

Art. no. 0715 82 400 P. Qty.: 1

Welding mirror

Type description Hand-held welding mirror Magnetic welding mirror

Replacement mirror For welding mirror

Art. no. 0984 300 3 P. Qty.: 5

122

Art. no. 0984 300 1 0984 300 2

P. Qty. 1 1

Useful helpers

Pole welding clamp

• Malleable cast iron bars • Connection hole on cast iron upper section • High tightening torque with wing screw for a secure grip

Max. external clamping width (L max) Overhang (L1) Profile width (B) Profile thickness (L2)

150 mm 60 mm 20 mm 5 mm

Art. no. 0695 964 11 P. Qty.: 1/10

Angled magnet

Magnetic angle fixer for fast holding and fixing during welding and soldering work and as a work aid • Accurate joining of flat, curved or round metal components • Replaces „second man“ during assembly, saving working time and costs • Simple removal by tilting to the side. • The magnetic angle fixer offers the following angles: 30°, 45°, 75° and 90° (see picture). Other options: 105°, 120° and 180°

Length Width

96 mm 64 mm

Art. no. 0691 180 P. Qty.: 1

123

Soldering gun Turbojet

Soldering gun assortment Turbojet 5 pieces in system case 8.4.2

• Start/stop function for maximum safety and comfort • Bayonet quick-action fastener • Precise flame regulation • Works in all positions (including overhead) System dimensions Power rating Working pressure Gas consumption per hour

8.4.2 2.2 kW 2 bar 165 g

Art. no. 5964 098 490 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 1 x Spare parts, hand tools, others Handgriff Turbojet; 2 x Replacement cartridge for Turbojet soldering gun; 1 x Cyclone burner for 5964 098 490 Turbojet soldering gun; 1 x System case 8.4.2

Cyclone burner for Turbojet soldering gun

Powerful vortex flame for uniform heating of the pipe during soldering Burner diameter Gas consumption on 2-bar per hour Power rating on 2-bar Soft soldering on 2-bar Hard soldering on 2-bar

14 mm 170 g 2.2 kW 40 mm 18 mm

Art. no. 0984 900 4 P. Qty.: 1

Replacement cartridge for Turbojet soldering gun Disposable gas cartridge with self-closing valve Weight of content Chemical basis

Art. no. 0984 900 12 P. Qty.: 1/4

124

210 g Butane/propane/acetone

Soldering gun Turbojet

Shrink torch for Turbojet soldering gun TURBOJET Soft, stable flame

Burner diameter Gas consumption on 2-bar per hour Power rating on 2-bar Soft soldering on 2-bar

24 mm 230 g 3.5 kW 22 mm

Art. no. 0984 900 2 P. Qty.: 1

Hot air burner for Turbojet and Powerjet soldering gun Powerful and stable hot air flow Burner diameter Gas consumption on 2-bar per hour Power rating on 2-bar

38 mm 130 g 1.7 kW

Art. no. 0984 900 3 P. Qty.: 1

125

Soldering and welding consumables

Electronic solder no. 1

Low soldering temperature due to fast-flowing solder • Flux residues may have a corrosive action • Active soft-soldering wire containing halogen

Wire diameter 1 mm 1 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm

Weight of content 1 kg 250 g 1 kg 250 g

Art. no. 0987 112 0987 111 0987 114 0987 113

P. Qty. 1/10 1/20 1/10 1/20

Proof of performance

S-Sn60Pb40 in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9453. Flux in accordance with DIN EN 29454-1/1.1.2.B

Electronic solder no. 10 Ideally suited for PCBs

• S-Sn60Pb40 in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9453 • Flux compliant with DIN EN 29454-1/1.1.3.B • Processing temperature: 240-260°C • Melting range: 183-190°C • Flux residues do not have a corrosive action • Low soldering temperature due to fast-flowing flux • Halogen-free active soft soldering wire Wire diameter 0.7 mm 1 mm 1 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm 2 mm

126

Weight of content 250 g 1 kg 250 g 1 kg 250 g 1 kg 250 g

Art. no. 0987 105 0987 108 0987 107 0987 109 0 0987 109 0987 110 1 0987 110 0

P. Qty. 1/20 1/10 1/20 1/10 1/20 1/10 1/20

Soldering and welding consumables

Fitting solder no. 3

• S-Sn97Cu3 in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9453 • Processing temperature: 270-300°C • Melting range: 230–250°C Spool diameter Weight of content Min./max. melting temperature

44 mm 250 g 230 to 250 °C

Wire diameter 2 mm 3 mm

Art. no. 0987 132 0987 13

P. Qty. 1/20 1/20

Art. no. 0987 121 0987 122

P. Qty. 1/20 1/10

Metal solder no. 2

Flux in accordance with DIN EN 29454-1/1.1.3.B • S-Pb60Sn40 in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9453 • Zinc chloride free • Processing temperature: 280°C • Melting range: 183–235°C Wire diameter

2 mm

Weight 250 g 1000 g

Metal solder no. 4 Without flux

• S-Pb50Sn50 in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9453 • Processing temperature: 280°C • Melting range: 183–215°C Wire diameter Weight

3 mm 250 g

Art. no. 0987 14 P. Qty.: 1/20

127

Soldering and welding consumables

Soldering fluid No. 41

Zinc chloride-free soft-soldering flux in accordance with DIN EN 29454-1/2.1.2.A Contents Colour Smell/fragrance Shelf life from production

250 ml Green Characteristic 24 Month

Art. no. 0987 141 P. Qty.: 1

Soft lead-free solder Electronic solder no. 1 RoHS-compliant

• RoHS-compliant • S-Sn99,3Cu0,7 in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9453 • Fluxing composition in accordance with DIN EN 29454.1, 1.1.2.B with organic, halogen-free activation additives • Processing temperature: 350-450°C • Melting range: 227°C Weight of content

250 g

Wire diameter 1 mm 1.5 mm

Art. no. 0987 111 3 0987 113 3

P. Qty. 1/20 1/20

Art. no. 0987 105 3 0987 107 3 0987 109 3 0987 110 03

P. Qty. 1/20 1/20 1/20 1/20

Soft lead-free solder Electronic solder no. 10

128

250 g

Soldering and welding consumables

Soft solder

Lead-free in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9453 Form

Flat

Material designation S-Sn90Zn7Cu3 S-Sn92Cu8

Min. melting temperature 200 °C 230 °C

Max. melting temperature 280 °C 350 °C

Art. no. 0982 111 30 0982 111 20

P. Qty. 5/20 5/20

Form

Art. no.

P. Qty.

Triangular bar Triangular bar Triangular bar Triangular bar Flat bar Triangular bar Triangular bar

0982 50 0982 3 0982 35 0982 30 0982 111 0982 36 0982 63

5 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5 5

Soft solder

Lead-containing in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9453

Material designation S-Pb50Sn50 S-Pb60Sn40 S-Pb65Sn35 S-Pb70Sn30 S-Pb74Sn25Sb1 S-Sn60Pb40 S-Sn63Pb37

Min. melting temperature 185 °C 183 °C 183 °C 183 °C 185 °C 183 °C 182 °C

Max. melting temperature 216 °C 235 °C 245 °C 255 °C 263 °C 190 °C 184 °C

Tin stick

For processing soft solder and tinning paste.

Art. no. 0899 480 0899 481 0899 482

P. Qty. 1 1 1

129

Rod electrode

Rod electrode Standard green

Good weldability in all positions, including in gently descending position (10–20°). • Particularly suitable for galvanised steel on galvanised steel • Good re-ignition • Few splash losses • Easy slag removal • Even weld texture Standards American Welding Society (AWS) Sheathing Type description Min. tensile strength

Wire diameter (Ø) 2 mm 2.5 mm 3.2 mm

ISO 2560-A A5.1: E 6013 Rutile E 42 0 RR 12 500 N/mm2

Length 300 mm 350 mm 350 mm

Proof of performance

Approvals, suitability tests: DB, TÜV

130

Min./max. current 40-80 A 50-110 A 80-150 A

Weight 4 kg 4.7 kg 4.7 kg

Art. no. 0982 2 0982 25 0982 325

P. Qty. 360 220 130

Rod electrode

Rod electrode Universal blue

Good weldability in all positions, particularly in descending position. • Suitable for steel-to-steel connections zinc plated/bare • Good gap closure • Easy slag removal Standards American Welding Society (AWS) Sheathing Type description Min. tensile strength

Wire diameter (Ø) 2 mm 2.5 mm 3.2 mm 4 mm

Length 300 mm 350 mm 350 mm 350 mm

ISO 2560-A A5.1: E 6013 Rutile cellulose E 38 0 RC 11 510 N/mm2

Min./max. current 50-70 A 70-100 A 90-150 A 110-200 A

Weight 4.6 kg 5.1 kg 5.4 kg 5.2 kg

Art. no. 0982 21 0982 251 0982 325 1 0982 41

P. Qty. 480 300 190 120

Proof of performance

Approvals, suitability tests: DB

131

Rod electrode

Rod electrode Special white

Best weldability in awkward positions and for root welding.

• Basic-coated, chalk-based AC/DC special electrode, also suitable for welding on miniature welding transformers • In contrast to the welding properties of chalk-based electrodes that were previously claimed as characteristic, special white flows very smoothly with only slight splash losses. • Notch-free seam transitions for fillet welds • Even weld texture • Good slag coverage • Easy slag removal Length Standards American Welding Society (AWS) Sheathing Type description Min. tensile strength

350 mm ISO 2560-A A5.1: E 7016 Base E 38 2 B 32 H 10 490 N/mm2

Wire diameter (Ø) 2.5 mm 3.2 mm

Min./max. current 50-90 A 90-150 A

Proof of performance

Approvals, suitability tests: DB, TÜV

132

Weight 4.2 kg 4.6 kg

Art. no. 0982 252 0982 325 2

P. Qty. 200 130

Rod electrode

Rod electrode Inox 2 purple

Particularly suitable for A2 stainless steel • Very good weldability • Low spray losses • Easy slag removal Standards American Welding Society (AWS) Sheathing Material Type description Min. tensile strength

Wire diameter (Ø) 2.5 mm 3.2 mm

ISO 3581 A5.4: E 308L-17 Rutile Stainless steel, 1.4316 X1CrNi19-9 E19 9 LR 1 2 520 N/mm2

Length 300 mm 350 mm

Min./max. current 50-90 A 70-130 A

Weight 1.7 kg 2 kg

Art. no. 0982 253 0982 325 3

P. Qty. 55

Proof of performance

Approvals, suitability tests: DB, TÜV

133

Rod electrode

Rod electrode Inox 4 red

Particularly suitable for A4 stainless steel • Very good weldability • Smooth, even weld texture • Good re-ignition • Few splash losses • Easy slag removal Standards American Welding Society (AWS) Sheathing Material Type description Min. tensile strength

Wire diameter (Ø) 2.5 mm 3.2 mm

ISO 3581 A5.4: E 3162-17 Rutile Stainless steel, 1.4430 X2CrNiMo19-13 E19 12 3 LR 1 2 520 N/mm2

Length 300 mm 350 mm

Min./max. current 45-90 A 60-125 A

Weight 1.7 kg 2 kg

Proof of performance

Approvals, suitability tests: DB, TÜV

Rod electrode Inox 29.9 yellow

Universal electrode with rutile coating and very good welding properties. • Smooth weld texture • Few splash losses • Easy slag removal Wire diameter (Ø) Length Min./max. current Weight Standards American Welding Society (AWS) Sheathing Material Type description Min. tensile strength

Art. no. 0982 325 5 P. Qty.: 55

134

3.2 mm 350 mm 55-120 A 1.9 kg ISO 3581 A5.4: E 312-17 Rutile Stainless steel, 1.4337 E29 9 R 1 2 660 N/mm2

Art. no. 0982 254 0982 325 4

P. Qty. 87 53

Inert gas welding wire

Welding wire Steel SG 2 For MIG welding of steel Layer-coiled Weight Type of coil Material Surface Standards Type description

Yes 15 kg Basket coil Low alloy steel, 1.5125, 11MnSi6 Copper plated EN 440 DIN 8559 G 3 Si 1/SG 2

Wire diameter (Ø) 0.8 mm 1 mm 1.2 mm

Art. no. 0982 008 01 0982 010 01 0982 012 01

P. Qty. 15 15 15

Art. no. 0982 008 013 0982 010 013 0982 012 013

P. Qty. 15 15 15

Welding wire Steel SG 3

For welding of steel according to DIN 8559 (SG 3) / EN 440 (G 4 Si1) Layer-coiled Weight Type of coil Material Surface Standards Type description Wire diameter (Ø) 0.8 mm 1 mm 1.2 mm

Yes 15 kg Basket coil Low alloy steel, 1.5130, 10MnSi7 Copper plated EN 440 DIN 8559 G 4 Si 1/SG 3

135

Inert gas welding wire

Shielding-Gas Welding Wire Stainless steel

For MIG welding of stainless steel according to DIN 8556 Wire diameter (Ø) Layer-coiled Weight Type of coil Material Standards Min. longitudinal elongation

1.2 mm Yes 15 kg Basket coil Stainless steel, 1.4430 X2CrNiMo19-13 DIN 8556 30 %

Art. no. 0982 030 12 P. Qty.: 15

MIG welding wire Aluminium

For MIG welding of aluminium according to DIN 1732 Wire diameter (Ø) Layer-coiled Weight Type of coil Material Standards Min. longitudinal elongation

1.2 mm Yes 7 kg Basket coil Aluminium base alloy, AIMg5 DIN 1732 16 %

Art. no. 0982 020 12 P. Qty.: 7

MIG welding wire For MIG/MAG welding

• Chrome alloyed solid wire electrodes for wear-resistant coatings in case of combined rubbing wear and impact stress. • Processing with clamp tension only in annealed state, otherwise sanding only. • For excavator teeth and blades, coatings for wearing parts made of high-manganese steel in case of abrasion, augers, hammer drill tools, cutting tools for cold work, rolls, cams, impact plates etc. Layer-coiled Weight Type of coil Standards Wire diameter (Ø) 0.8 mm 1 mm

136

Yes 15 kg Basket coil EN 440 DIN 8559 Art. no. 0982 088 0982 090

P. Qty. 15 15

Welding protection

Automatic welding helmet WSH III 10-11

Standard helmet for welding with one or two protection levels • Recessed viewing window for preventing scratches • Very comfortable to wear thanks to low weight • Special smoke-repellent design Translucency when not activated Translucency when activated Cassette width x cassette height x cassette thickness Width of field of vision x height of field of vision Energy supply Standards Material Min./max. dark-to-light switching time

Protection level 4 Protection level 10-11 110 x 90 x 9.5 mm 100 x 50 mm Solar cells and 2 replaceable 3 V button cells (CR2032) EN 379 PA - Polyamide 0-0 d

Art. no. 0984 690 010 P. Qty.: 1

Automatic welding helmet WSH III 9-13 For discerning welders

• Recessed external lens for preventing scratches, grinding mode • Very comfortable to wear thanks to low weight • Special smoke-repellent design Translucency when not activated Translucency when activated Cassette width x cassette height x cassette thickness Width of field of vision x height of field of vision Energy supply Standards Material Min./max. dark-to-light switching time

Protection level 4 Protection level 9-13 110 x 90 x 9.5 mm 100 x 50 mm Solar cells and 2 replaceable 3 V button cells (CR2032) EN 379 PA - Polyamide 0-0 d

Art. no. 0984 690 020 P. Qty.: 1

137

Welding protection

Automatic welding helmet WSH III 5-13 For professional welders

• Recessed viewing window for preventing scratches, infinitely adjustable sensitivity, grinding mode • Very comfortable to wear thanks to low weight • Special smoke-repellent design Translucency when not activated Translucency when activated Cassette width x cassette height x cassette thickness Width of field of vision x height of field of vision Energy supply Standards Material Min./max. dark-to-light switching time

Protection level 4 Protection levels 5-9 and 9-13 110 x 90 x 9.5 mm 100 x 50 mm Solar cells and 2 replaceable 3 V button cells (CR2032) EN 379 PA - Polyamide 0-0 d

Art. no. 0984 690 030 P. Qty.: 1

Anti-glare cassette for automatic welding helmet WSH III 10-11

Automatic anti-glare cassette with protection level selection 10 or 11 • Visible range protection level 10-11 activated and protection level 4 not activated • Level of protection and sensitivity can be adjusted inside • Maximum ultraviolet/infrared protection across the whole protection level range Art. no. 0984 690 011 P. Qty.: 1

External lens

For automatic welding helmet WSH II 3/11, WSH II 9-13, WSH II 5-13, WSH III 10-11, WSH III 9-13 and WSH III 5-13 Art. no. 0984 680 02 P. Qty.: 2

138

Welding protection

Anti-glare cassette for automatic welding helmet WSH III 9-13

Automatic anti-glare cassette with protection level selection 9 to 13 • Visible range protection level 9-13 activated and protection level 4 not activated • Level of protection and sensitivity can be infinitely adjusted inside • Maximum ultraviolet/infrared protection across the whole protection level range Art. no. 0984 690 021 P. Qty.: 1

Inner lens Art. no. 0984 700 04 P. Qty.: 5

Internal lens

For WSH II 5/13 and WSH II 9/13 automatic welding helmets Art. no. 0984 700 05 P. Qty.: 5

4-way headband

For automatic welding helmets Art. no. 0984 720 12 P. Qty.: 1

Sweat band

For automatic welding helmets Art. no. 0984 700 14 P. Qty.: 5

139

Welding protection

Button cell Lithium 3V

Low level of self-discharge and long shelf life – of 10 years IEC designation for button-cell batteries Nominal voltage Diameter x height Type of rechargeable battery/battery

CR 2032 (DL 2032) 3 V/DC 20 x 3.2 mm Lithium

Art. no. 0827 082 032 P. Qty.: 10/100

Cells in single blister pack with Euro perforation

Anti-glare cassette for automatic welding helmet WSH III 5-13

Automatic anti-glare cassette with protection level selection 5 to 13 • Visible range protection level 5-13 activated and protection level 4 not activated • Level of protection and sensitivity can be infinitely adjusted inside • Maximum ultraviolet/infrared protection across the whole protection level range Art. no. 0984 690 031 P. Qty.: 1

Welding lens

For visor and protective screen Width Design

Height 40 mm 90 mm 90 mm 90 mm 90 mm 90 mm 90 mm

140

110 mm Not metallised

Protection level 0 0 8 9 10 11 12

Art. no. 0984 500 101 0984 500 100 0984 500 108 0984 500 109 0984 500 110 0984 500 111 0984 500 112

P. Qty. 2 10 10 10 10 10 10

Welding protection

Welding goggles CEPHEUS®

Lightweight and comfortable welding goggles • Modern design • Highly impact-resistant polycarbonate lens • Special welding protection coating minimises welding spark burn-in • UV and IR protection Material of safety lens UV and IR protection EN standard Mechanical strength Colour of safety lens

Polycarbonate Yes 166, 169 S Green

Protection level 2 5

Art. no. 0984 502 120 0984 502 150

P. Qty. 1 1

Sweat band For the back of the head For WSH III series and Ultimate face shield Art. no. 0984 700 16 P. Qty.: 1

Welding goggles FORNAX®plus

Maximum protection in an innovative design • With integrated side protection, panoramic lens for large field of view, extremely scratch-resistant outer, permanently fog-free interior • Very good colour recognition through grey lens, infrared and glare protection, 100% UV protection (up to 400 nm) • Adapts flexibly through variable arm angle, secure hold without pressure points even during extended wear Protection level Material of safety lens UV and IR protection EN standard Mechanical strength Colour of safety lens

5 Polycarbonate Yes 166, 169 F (45m/s) Grey

Art. no. 0984 502 250 P. Qty.: 1

141

Welding protection

Welding glove W-130

Touch-sensitive welding gloves for work with excellent touch feel • Excellent touch sensitivity • Palms and backs of hands made from supple nappa leather • Split leather cuffs • Lined cuffs • Repellent to oil, grease and water Size Length Material Interior finish Standards Category

8 30 cm Nappa leather Without lining EN 388 EN 420 EN 12477B II

Art. no. 5350 050 308 P. Qty.: 1

Proof of Performance EN 388: 2016

2111X

Welding glove W-100

Robust welding glove for universal use; made from full-grain cowhide • Full-grain cowhide palms • Split leather backs and cuffs • Very rugged and hard-wearing • Repellent to oil, grease and water Size Length Material Interior finish Standards Category

Art. no. 5350 050 010 P. Qty.: 1

Proof of Performance EN 388: 2016

2132X

142

10 35 cm Full-grain cowhide leather Without lining EN 388 EN 420 EN 12477A II

Welding protection

Welding glove W-110

High-quality, fully lined welding glove for all welding tasks with increased heat development • Fully lined, including cuffs • Heat-insulating Molton lining • Full-grain cowhide palms • Split leather backs and cuffs • Leather surface protects against welding beads and sparks • Repellent to oil, grease and water • Long service life Size Length Material Interior finish Standards Category

8 35 cm Full-grain cowhide leather Complete lining EN 388 EN 420 EN 12477A II

Art. no. 5350 050 108 P. Qty.: 1

Proof of Performance EN 388: 2016

2132X

Welding glove W-120

Split leather standard glove with porous surface Size Length Material Interior finish Standards Category

10 35 cm Split cowhide leather Without lining EN 388 EN 420 EN 12477A II

Art. no. 5350 050 210 P. Qty.: 1

Proof of Performance EN 388: 2016

3132X

143

Welding protection

Welder‘s gaiters

Made from split leather

• With sole and stirrup • With two buckled belts • Shaft height approx. 40 cm Material Shaft height Design

Split leather 40 cm With 2 buckle straps

Art. no. 0984 317 P. Qty.: 2

Arm protection

Made from split leather

• Split leather sleeve to connect to the shoulder area • With a drawstring around the wrist • Colour: natural • Length: approx. 56 cm Material Length Colour

Split leather 56 cm Natural

Art. no. 0984 318 P. Qty.: 2

Welder‘s apron, split leather • With chest flap • Universally adjustable leather straps • Rough surface Material Length Width Design

Art. no. 0984 312 P. Qty.: 1

144

Sheepskin 100 cm 80 cm Raspy surface

Welding protection

Welder‘s apron, full leather

The ideal protection for welding shops, distilleries, foundries, galvanising shops. The smooth surface makes it resistant to flying sparks, welding beads, liquid steel and aluminium. • With chest flap • Universally adjustable leather straps • Smooth surface Material Length Width Design

Full leather 100 cm 80 cm Smooth surface

Art. no. 0984 313 P. Qty.: 1

Portable welding protection wall

The combination of extremely robust base frame based on square profiles (30x30 mm) and the welding protection curtain is suitable for arc welding according to EN 1598. • Translucent orange welding protection curtain • Risk factor < 1 • Degree of reflection: 230 to 400 nm < 10% Dimensions: • Wall: W x H: 200 x 190 cm • Curtain: W x H: 205 x 180 cm EN standard Width x height

1598 200 x 190 cm

Art. no. 0984 770 P. Qty.: 1

Proof of performance

In accordance with EN 1598

145

Welding protection

Curtain

For portable welding protection wall Width Height

205 cm 180 cm

Art. no. 0984 770 3 P. Qty.: 1

High-temperature protective blanket HTD 1000

To protect delicate components during welding and soldering work • Suitable for extreme conditions • Resistant to sparks, cinders, welding beads and incandescent materials • Asbestos-free Max. temperature resistance Max. short-term temperature resistance

850 °C 1000 °C

Length 500 mm 1500 mm 3000 mm

Width 330 mm 1000 mm 2000 mm

Art. no. 0984 350 1 0984 350 0984 350 0

P. Qty. 1 1 1

Art. no. 0984 350 3 0984 350 10

P. Qty. 1 1

High-temperature protective blanket HTD 900

To protect sensitive components during welding and soldering work • Resistant to sparks, cinders, welding beads • Asbestos-free • Application temperature: 750°C, briefly: 900°C Max. temperature resistance Max. short-term temperature resistance Length 1500 mm 3000 mm

146

750 °C 900 °C Width 1000 mm 2000 mm

Welding protection

147

148

SANDING Page Grinding machines

151 – 167

Hand sanding blocks

168 – 169

Useful helpers/ vacuum cleaners

170 – 173

Grinding wheels

174 – 175

Small abrasives

176 – 183

Nylon abrasive fleece

184 – 188

Sandpaper

189 – 195

Useful helpers

196 – 199

149

Grinding machines

Cordless angle grinder AWS 18-125 P COMPACT M-CUBE®

Compact, powerful and brushless cordless angle grinder for moderate roughing and cutting work, developed by Würth to meet the requirements of craftsmen • Electronic motor protection function • Dead man‘s switch and brake function • Tool-free quick-action clamping nut system and tool-free adjustment of the protective cover

2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage and replacement of batteries and chargers The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Max. idle speed Max. cutting disc diameter. Weight of machine without rechargeable battery

18 V/DC 11000 rpm 125 mm 1.98 kg

Rechargeable battery/battery capacity 0 Ah 5 Ah

Art. no. 5701 402 000 5701 402 005

P. Qty. 1 1

Contents for art. no. 5701 402 000 1 x Quick-clamping nut Fixtec 1 x System case 8.4.3; 2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE® 5 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE ® ALG 18/6 FAST; 1 x Quick5701 402 005 clamping nut Fixtec; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines

150

Grinding machines

Battery-powered angle grinder EWS 28-A

Powerful battery-powered angle grinder with lithium-ion technology. Battery capacity can be selected freely thanks to PICK YOUR POWER. • Lithium-ion technology • Charge status display on the battery • One-handed operation possible • Overload and restart protection • Spindle lock and Fixtec quick-clamping nut • Suitable for Ø 125 mm discs 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage and replacement of batteries and chargers The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Max. idle speed Max. cutting disc diameter. Weight of machine without rechargeable battery Included in delivery (Lieferumfang)

28 V/DC 9000 rpm 125 mm 1.8 kg Batteries not included; with additional accessories

Art. no. 0700 237 04 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 0700 237 04

1 x Quick-clamping nut Fixtec; 1 x Handle; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.2

151

Grinding machines

Angle grinder EWS 12-125-T Solid

Reliable 1,200-watt angle grinder demonstrates impressive robustness, endurance and an additional anti-vibration handle. Ideal for intensive work with high safety requirements. • Deadman‘s switch • Recoil protection • Quick-adjustment protective hood 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Power input Max. idle speed Max. cutting disc diameter. Thread type x spindle-thread diameter Weight of machine Cable length Functions

230 V/AC 1200 W 11000 rpm 125 mm M14 2.4 kg 4m Anti-vibration system, Recoil protection, Dead man‘s switch, Quickly adjustable cover

Art. no. 5707 004 3 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed. Machine can also be stored in case (see accessories).

Contents for art. no. 5707 004 3

152

1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Face spanner; 1 x Protective cover; 1 x Anti-vibration handle

Grinding machines

Angle grinder EWS 14-125 INOX

1400 watt, handy angle grinder for grinding and roughing work with stainless steel. • High torque in mid and low speed range • 3x winding protection against metal dusts • Optimal speed adjustment with the constant electronics 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Power input Max. idle speed Max. cutting disc diameter. Thread type x spindle-thread diameter Weight of machine Cable length Functions Min./max. idle speed

230 V/AC 1400 W 7500 rpm 125 mm M14 2.4 kg 4m Constant electronics 2100-7500 rpm

Art. no. 0702 478 0 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Contents for art. no. 0702 478 0

1 x Handle

153

Grinding machines

Angle grinder EWS 10-125-E COMPACT

Compact 1,000-watt angle grinder with ideal balance of power and ergonomics. Ideal for light- to medium-duty grinding and cutting work, such as deburring • 6-stage speed regulation with constant electronics • Recoil/restart/overload protection and soft start • Quick-adjustable protective hood 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Power input Max. idle speed Max. cutting disc diameter. Thread type x spindle-thread diameter Weight of machine Cable length Functions Min./max. idle speed

230 V/AC 1000 W 11000 rpm 125 mm M14 2.1 kg 4m Speed electronics, Speed adjustment wheel, Restarting protection, Soft start, Recoil protection, Overloading protection, Constant electronics, Quickly adjustable cover 2800-11000 rpm

Art. no. 5707 030 0 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed. Machine can also be stored in case (see accessories).

Contents for art. no. 5707 030 0

154

1 x Handle; 1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Face spanner; 1 x Protective cover

Grinding machines

Angle grinder EWS 17-125-EQ POWER

Powerful 1,700-watt angle grinder with good handling, fast material removal and maximum productivity. Ideal for heavy-duty roughing and cutting work • 6-stage speed regulation with constant electronics • Recoil/restart/overload protection as well as soft start • Quick-action nut „Q-Nut“, quick-adjustment protective hood 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Power input Max. idle speed Max. cutting disc diameter. Thread type x spindle-thread diameter Weight of machine Cable length Functions Min./max. idle speed

230 V/AC 1700 W 11000 rpm 125 mm M14 2.6 kg 4m Speed electronics, Speed adjustment wheel, Constant electronics, Recoil protection, Restarting protection, Soft start, Overloading protection, Quick clamping nut, Quickly adjustable cover, Anti-vibration system 2800-11000 rpm

Art. no. 5707 061 2 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed. Machine can also be stored in case (see accessories).

Contents for art. no. 5707 061 2

1 x Q-Nut quick-clamping nut; 1 x Protective cover; 1 x Anti-vibration handle

155

Grinding machines

Two-hand angle grinder EWS 24-180

2400-watt angle grinder for disks with max. 180 mm diameter. • Handle can be rotated in 90° steps • Very slim housing • Vibration damping on both handles • Twist-resistant protective guard • Kickback protection • Overload indicator • Restart protection • Overload protection • Soft start • Optimised dust protection concept 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Frequency Protection class Power input Max. cutting disc diameter. Max. idle speed Thread type x spindle-thread diameter Weight of machine Cable length

230 V/AC 50 Hz Protection class II/protective insulation 2400 W 180 mm 8500 rpm M14 5.7 kg 4m

Art. no. 0702 445 10 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Contents for art. no. 0702 445 10

156

1 x Face wrench, straight; 1 x Clamping flange; 1 x Handle; 1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Spare parts - machines, others

Grinding machines

Angle grinder EWS 12-125 SOLID

1,200 watt, powerful and robust angle grinder with anti-vibration handle for fast working progress and long service life. Ideal for continuous intense rough machining and cutting work • Restart protection • Recoil protection • Quickly adjustable protective cover 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Power input Max. idle speed Max. cutting disc diameter. Thread type x spindle-thread diameter Weight of machine Cable length Functions Min./max. idle speed

230 V/AC 1200 W 11000 rpm 125 mm M14 2.4 kg 4m Anti-vibration system, Restarting protection, Recoil protection, Overloading protection 0-11000 rpm

Art. no. 5707 040 0 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Contents for art. no. 5707 040 0

1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Face spanner; 1 x Protective cover; 1 x Anti-vibration handle

157

Grinding machines

Two-hand angle grinder EWS 24-180-S

2400-watt angle grinder with quick-clamping nut, for discs with max. 180 mm diameter. • Handle can be rotated in 90° steps • Very slim housing • Vibration damping on both handles • Twist-resistant protective guard • Kickback protection • Overload indicator • Restart protection • Overload protection • Soft start • Optimised dust protection concept 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Frequency Protection class Power input Max. cutting disc diameter. Max. idle speed Thread type x spindle-thread diameter Weight of machine Cable length

230 V/AC 50 Hz Protection class II/protective insulation 2400 W 180 mm 8500 rpm M14 5.7 kg 4m

Art. no. 0702 445 20 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Contents for art. no. 0702 445 20

158

1 x Quick-clamping nut Jacobs; 1 x Clamping flange; 1 x Handle; 1 x Spare parts - machines, others

Grinding machines

Two-hand angle grinder EWS 24-230-S

2400-watt angle grinder with quick-clamping nut, for discs with max. 230 mm diameter • Handle can be turned in 90° increments • Vibration damping on both handles • With recoil, overload and restart protection 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Power input Max. idle speed Max. cutting disc diameter. Thread type x spindle-thread diameter Weight of machine Cable length

230 V/AC 2400 W 6600 rpm 230 mm M14 5.8 kg 4m

Art. no. 0702 446 20 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Contents for art. no. 0702 446 20

1 x Quick-clamping nut Jacobs; 1 x Clamping flange; 1 x Handle

159

Grinding machines

Two-hand angle grinder EWS 24-230

2400-watt angle grinder for disks with max. 230 mm diameter. • Handle can be rotated in 90° steps • Very slim housing • Vibration damping on both handles • Twist-resistant protective guard • Kickback protection • Overload indicator • Restart protection • Overload protection • Soft start • Optimised dust protection concept 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Power input Max. idle speed Max. cutting disc diameter. Thread type x spindle-thread diameter Weight of machine Cable length

230 V/AC 2400 W 6600 rpm 230 mm M14 5.8 kg 4m

Art. no. 0702 446 10 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Contents for art. no. 0702 446 10

160

1 x Face wrench, straight; 1 x Clamping flange; 1 x Handle; 1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Parts set

Grinding machines

Safety angle grinder SWS 26-230-T

Extremely powerful and safe angle grinder with long-lasting 2600 W motor, dead man‘s switch and run-out brake • Electronic safety coupling • Mechanical disc brake • Dead man‘s switch with safety function 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Power input Max. idle speed Max. cutting disc diameter. Thread type x spindle-thread diameter Weight of machine Cable length

230 V/AC 2600 W 6600 rpm 230 mm M14 6.6 kg 4m

Art. no. 5707 090 0 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 5707 090 0

1 x Quick-clamping nut Jacobs; 1 x Clamping flange; 1 x Handle; 1 x Parts set

161

Grinding machines

Flat-head angle grinder FKWS 9-125

Solution for hard-to-reach places, especially in grinding operations at acute angles up to 43°. • Compact design with ultra flat drive head • Constant electronics • Restart protection • Electronic overload protection and soft start • Electronic safety shutdown • Quick-release nut and quick adjustment safety guard 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Power input Max. idle speed Max. cutting disc diameter. Thread type x spindle-thread diameter Weight of machine Cable length Functions Min./max. idle speed

230 V/AC 910 W 10000 rpm 125 mm M14 2.1 kg 4m Constant electronics, Restarting protection, Overloading protection, Quick clamping system (Fixtec), Soft start, Recoil protection 0-10000 rpm

Art. no. 5707 000 2 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Contents for art. no. 5707 000 2

162

1 x Quick-clamping nut Fixtec; 1 x Clamping flange; 1 x Handle; 1 x Protective hood; 1 x Spacer piece

Electrical sander

Electrical orbital sander ESS 115-2

With universal clamping system for fastening Velcro sandpaper with dimensions of 230 x 115 mm and 10-hole perforation, and for clamping sandpaper without an adhesion system • Low-vibration and long-lasting oscillation system • Universal clamping system permits the use of sandpaper with and without Velcro • Use of abrasives up to 10 mm thick • Integrated dust extractor • Additional extraction with side extraction channels on the Velcro abrasive pad • Universal extraction connection with fluting 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Power input Min./max. idle speed Min./max. idle orbital rate Grinding surface length x grinding surface width Oscillating diameter Weight of machine Cable length

230 V/AC 350 W 4200-9200 rpm 8400-18400 1/min 230 x 115 mm 2.2 mm 2.7 kg 4m

Art. no. 5707 700 0 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Contents for art. no. 5707 700 0

1 x Handle; 1 x Dust collection cassette; 1 x Abrasive pad

163

Eccentric sander

Eccentric disc-type sander ETS 125-E

Powerful and handy random orbital sander with 6-hole sanding plate for Ø125 mm sanding discs. • Simultaneous rotating and oscillating motion • Integrated dust extraction • Adjusting wheel for adapting the number of rotations and oscillations 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Power input Min./max. idle speed Min./max. idle orbital rate Diameter of sanding plate Oscillating diameter Weight of machine Cable length

230 V/AC 320 W 4200-9200 rpm 8400-18400 1/min 125 mm 5 mm 2 kg 4m

Art. no. 0702 128 0 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Contents for art. no. 0702 128 0

164

Sanding disc Useit® Superpad, wood: 1 x Grid size: 80, 1 x Grid size: 120, 1 x Grid size: 150; 1 x Dust cassette

Eccentric sander

Eccentric disc-type sander ETS 150-E twin

With two lifting levels for coarse and fine sanding and with 6-hole grinding plate for Ø 150-mm grinding discs. • 2 stroke settings on one machine: Coarse grinding with 6.2 mm stroke, fine grinding with 2.8 mm stroke • Simultaneous rotating and oscillating motion • Integrated dust extraction • Adjusting wheel for adapting the number of rotations and oscillations 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Power input Min./max. idle speed Min./max. idle orbital rate Diameter of sanding plate Oscillating diameter, 1st gear/2nd gear Weight of machine Cable length

230 V/AC 350 W 4200-9200 rpm 8400-18400 1/min 150 mm 2.8/6.2 mm 2.2 kg 4m

Art. no. 0702 129 0 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Contents for art. no. 0702 129 0

Sanding disc Useit® Superpad, wood: 1 x Grid size: 80, 1 x Grid size: 120, 1 x Grid size: 150; 1 x Dust cassette

165

Pneumatic sander

Pneumatic random oscillating orbital sander DTS 136C 2.5 mm random orbital disc (for surface treatment)

• Robust and durable • Minimal vibrations for optimum sanding results and non-fatiguing operation • Optimum adjustment to the sanding insert and paper change without disconnecting the pneumatic air • For external dust extraction • Ergonomic design and perfect handling Diameter of sanding plate Sanding stroke Max. idle speed Power output Air consumption Weight of machine Connection thread

150 mm 2.5 mm 12000 rpm 186 W 113 l/min 0.71 kg 5/16 inch - 24 UNF

Art. no. 0703 752 2 P. Qty.: 1

Pneumatic random oscillating orbital sander DTS 152C 5-mm random orbital disc (for roughening)

Art. no. 0703 752 1 P. Qty.: 1

166

150 mm 5 mm 12000 rpm 186 W 113 l/min 0.71 kg 5/16 inch - 24 UNF

Pneumatic sander

Pneumatic random orbital sander DTS 133C

Compact and handy pneumatic random orbital sander for fine and coarse grinding • Perfectly balanced drive and minimal vibrations • Continuous speed control with safety cut-out • Effective silencing 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Diameter of sanding plate Sanding stroke Max. idle speed Power output Air consumption Weight of machine Connection thread

75 mm 2.5 mm 12000 rpm 186 W 285 l/min 0.61 kg IT G 1/4 inch

Art. no. 0703 751 3 P. Qty.: 1

167

Hand sanding blocks

Hand Sanding Blocks with Extraction

Ergonomically-shaped sanding blocks with extraction for planar sanding fit perfectly in your hand and ensure dust- and fatigue-free sanding of fillers. Extraction for vacuum cleaner • Dust-free • Even grinding finish • No addition of abrasive required Long service life of abrasive

Ergonomic shape • Sanding requires less exertion • Sits perfectly in the hand Gentle on joints

Scope of delivery: Adapter for suction hose* + suction controller Width x length Adhesive system Hole pattern

70 mm x 125 mm Hook and loop 13-hole

Art. no. 0586 300 001 P. Qty.: 1

Hand Sanding Blocks with Extraction

Ergonomic shape • Sanding requires less exertion • Sits perfectly in the hand Gentle on joints

Scope of delivery: Adapter for suction hose* + suction controller Width x length Adhesive system Hole pattern

Art. no. 0586 300 002 P. Qty.: 1

168

70 mm x 198 mm Hook and loop 22-hole

Hand sanding blocks

Hand Sanding Blocks with Extraction

Ergonomic shape • Sanding requires less exertion • Sits perfectly in the hand Gentle on joints

Scope of delivery: Adapter for suction hose* + suction controller Width x length Adhesive system Hole pattern

115 mm x 230 mm Hook and loop 32-hole

Art. no. 0586 300 003 P. Qty.: 1

Sander with suction

Scope of delivery: Adapter for suction hose* + suction controller Width x length Adhesive system Hole pattern

70 mm x 400 mm Hook and loop 53-hole

Art. no. 0586 300 004 P. Qty.: 1

169

Useful helpers / vacuum cleaners

Industrial wet and dry vacuum cleaner ISS 40-M AUTOMATIC

Universal safety vacuum suitable for construction sites, with M-certification and automatic filter cleaning • Dust class M-certification, automatic filter cleaning, automatic filter detection and antistatic treatment • System case storage and mounting option and integrated storage of accessories • Easy handling thanks to bayonet and clip connections, centrally positioned switches and automatic power tool detection 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Air current Underpressure Container capacity Max power Cable length

74 l/s 23.7 kPa 39 l 1380 W 7.5 m

Art. no. 0701 143 0 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Proof of performance

The M-class is the lowest class mandated by law for use on construction sites. Contents for art. no. 1 x Wet/dry filter bag, fleece; 1 x PE disposal bag with spunbonded fabric; 1 x Flat folding filter, coated; 1 x Universal connection 0701 143 0 sleeve; 1 x Suction hose, electrically conductive 3 m; 1 x Joint nozzle; 1 x Elbow, electrically conductive

170

Useful helpers / vacuum cleaners

Industrial wet and dry vacuum cleaner ISS 30-L

Handy and ergonomic universal vacuum with L-certification and semi-automatic filter cleaning • Dust class L-certification, semi-automatic filter cleaning and antistatic treatment • System case storage and mounting option and integrated storage of accessories • Easy to use thanks to bayonet and clip connections 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Air current Underpressure Container capacity Max power Cable length Hose connection diameter

74 l/s 23 kPa 30 l 1380 W 7.5 m 35 mm

Art. no. 0701 132 0 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Contents for art. no. 1 x Wet/dry filter bag, fleece; 1 x Upholstery nozzle pluggable; 1 x Wet/dry floor nozzle, plug-in; 1 x Suction hose, clip-on 3 m; 1 x Flat 0701 132 0 folding filter, paper; 1 x Joint nozzle; 2 x Suction pipe; 1 x Clip-on elbow

171

Useful helpers / vacuum cleaners

Cordless multi-purpose dry vacuum cleaner AMTS 18 L COMPACT M-CUBE®

Compact and portable multi-purpose battery vacuum cleaner with L certification and manual filter cleaning for mobile use • User-friendly working in conjunction with M-CUBE® machines • High mobility thanks to integrated storage of the joint nozzle, the upholstery nozzle and the power tool adapter • Two power levels: Max mode for maximum power or Eco mode for longer runtime per battery charge 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage and replacement of batteries and chargers The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Air current Underpressure Container capacity Dust class Nominal width Product weight (per item)

20 l/s 11 kPa 4l L 35 mm 3.3 kg

Art. no. 5701 400 000 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 1 x Joint nozzle; 1 x Suction hose; 1 x Flat folding filter; 1 x Non-woven filter bag; 1 x Carrying strap; 1 x Connection sleeve; 1 x Hand 5701 400 000 nozzle

172

Useful helpers / vacuum cleaners

High-pressure cleaner HDR 160 Compact

Compact cold water high-pressure washer for medium-duty cleaning jobs. • Compact design and adjustable aluminium push handle • Automatic pressure cut-out when work is interrupted • Relief of pressure prolongs service life and reduces energy and water consumption • The required concentration can be set using the dosing valve. • Integral suction hose for cleaning agent • Ergonomic manual spray gun with reduced retention and pulling force • Practical accessory holder and electrical cable winding mechanism 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage Power input Max. pressure Working pressure Min./max. feed quantity Max. inlet temperature Hose length Weight of machine Cable length

230 V/AC 2.3 kW 160 bar 130 bar 0-480 l/h 60 °C 10 m 26.1 kg 4m

Art. no. 0701 161 0 P. Qty.: 1

Supplied in box

Contents for art. no. 1 x Three-way nozzle; 1 x Dirt blaster; 1 x Tap connection; 1 x Jet pipe HDR 160 C/185 PP; 1 x High-pressure hose HDR 160 C/185 0701 161 0 PP; 1 x Manual spray gun

173

Grinding wheels

Holder for Bristle Disc

Especially suitable for Roloc Bristle Disc, fleece, sanding and fibre discs for direct use on hand-guided machines

Diameter 50 mm 75 mm 75 mm

Shaft diameter 6 mm

Connection thread M14

6 mm

Art. no. 0586 673 02 0586 673 04 0586 673 03

P. Qty. 1 1 1

Art. no.

P. Qty.

0673 000 505 0673 000 501 0673 000 755 0673 001 151

10 10 5 1/5

Bristle disc

For cleaning and removing coatings or dirt on metals, concrete, natural stone, wood and plastic

• Cast from a single piece and uniquely tough, „CUBITRON“ (ceramic abrasive grain) • Suitable for up to 25,000 rpm, allows a higher and more uniform level of use until the entire disc is worn out. • Tool-free quick-change mount system for diameters 50 mm and 75 mm, integrated M14 thread for 115 mm diameter Diameter (Ø) 50 mm 50 mm 75 mm 115 mm

174

Tool holding device 3M Roloc system 3M Roloc system 3M Roloc system M14

Colour

Grid size

Green White Green White

50 120 50 120

Max. rotation speed 25000 rpm 25000 rpm 18000 rpm 12000 rpm

Grinding wheels

Radial bristle disc

For easy and rapid cleaning of hard-to-reach places such as on door rebates. For use on pneumatic axial grinders and flexible shafts. • Cast from one piece • Individual segments • Unique, tough Cubitron (ceramic abrasive grain) • High level of consistent efficiency right until the entire segment is completely worn Diameter (Ø) Max. rotation speed

75 mm 20000 rpm

Colour White Yellow

Grid size 120 80

Art. no. 0673 010 751 0673 010 758

P. Qty. 10 10

Holder

For radial bristle disc Length Shaft diameter

65 mm 6 mm

Art. no. 0673 976 P. Qty.: 1

175

Small abrasives

Small abrasive mini fibre disc

Zirconia alumina, with quick-change mounting

• Robust polyester fabric • Special manufacturing process: An additional ply of a special fleece material is applied (laminated) to the back of the discs under pressure and heat • For use on pneumatic rod grinders (angled down) and flexible shafts. • 76 mm Ø discs can also be used on 115 mm pneumatic or electric angle grinders in conjunction with an M14 holder.

Design Grid size Material of abrasive medium

Art. no. 0580 005 ... Art. no. 0580 007 ... Available in different versions. Diameter: 50 to 75 mm Grid size: 36 to 120 P. Qty.: 50

176

Compatible with 3M Roloc system 120 Zirconium conrundum

Small abrasives

Small abrasives Mini fleece disc

With quick-change mounting. Compatible with 3M Roloc system. • Grain coarse, medium and fine: Aluminium oxide • Very fine grain: Silicon carbide • Open, flexible disc structure • Free of corrosive metals • For use on pneumatic rod grinders (angled down) and flexible shafts • 76 mm dia. discs can also be used on 115 mm pneumatic or electric angle grinders in conjunction with an M14 holder

Colour Design Grid size Material of abrasive medium

Brown Compatible with 3M Roloc system 100/coarse Aluminium oxide

Art. No. 0673 205... Art. No. 0673 207... Available in different versions. Diameter: 50 to 75 mm Grid size: 100 to 400 P. Qty.: 25

177

Small abrasives

Small Abrasives Mini Compact Fleece Disc With quick-change mounting

• Abrasive grain: Silicon carbide • Very long service life in comparison to conventional fleece discs. • Open, flexible and pliant fleece structure • Free of corrosive metals • Flexible to use: 75 mm dia. disc can also be used with small holder for 50 mm discs • For use on pneumatic rod grinders (angled down) and flexible shafts. • 76 mm dia. discs can also be used on 115 mm pneumatic or electric angle grinders in conjunction with an M14 holder.

Colour Design Grid size Material of abrasive medium Diameter (Ø) 50 mm 75 mm

178

Grey Compatible with 3M Roloc system 400-600 Silicon carbide Max. rotation speed 22000 rpm 15000 rpm

Art. no. 0673 215 040 0673 217 540

P. Qty. 10 10

Small abrasives

Mini Nylon Fleece Disc

Compatible with 3M Roloc System Abrasive grain: Silicon carbide Flexible, open fleece structure • Ideal adjustment to the geometry of the workpiece • No clogging due to surface abrasion Free of corrosive metals No contamination of material surfaces

Colour

Black

Diameter (Ø) 50 mm 75 mm

Max. rotation speed 13000 rpm 11000 rpm

Recommended rotation speed 12000 rpm 10000 rpm

Art. no. 0673 22 50 0673 22 75

P. Qty. 10 10

Art. no. 0673 23 50 0673 23 75

P. Qty. 10 10

Mini Polishing Disc

For high-gloss polishing or buffing of all polishable materials in conjunction with a polishing paste

Min. recommended rotation speed Max. recommended rotation speed Diameter 50 mm 75 mm

2500 rpm 10000 rpm

179

Small abrasives

Small abrasives assortment

For machining weld seams, removing lacquers and paints, deburring edges and derusting — especially in hard-to-reach places. • Ergonomic and rubberised handle • Lightweight and compact design • With speed control Number of pieces in assortment/set

32 PCS

Art. no. 5964 057 800 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. Mini-Disc: 2 x 50 mm, 3M Roloc system, 40, 2 x 50 mm, 3M Roloc system, 60, 2 x 50 mm, 3M Roloc system, 80; Segmented Grinding Disc Flexi-Disc: 2 x 50 mm, 3M Roloc system, 40, 2 x 50 mm, 3M Roloc system, 60, 2 x 50 mm, 3M Roloc system, 80; Small abrasive mini fibre disc: 2 x 50 mm, Compatible with 3M Roloc system, 36, 2 x 50 mm, Compatible with 3M Roloc system, 40, 2 x 50 mm, Compatible with 3M Roloc system, 60; 1 x Holder Washer diameter: 50 mm, Length: 65 mm; 1 x Bristle disc 50 mm, 3M Roloc 5964 057 800 system, 50; Small abrasives Mini fleece disc: 2 x 50 mm, Compatible with 3M Roloc system, 100/coarse, 2 x 50 mm, Compatible with 3M Roloc system, 180/medium, 2 x 50 mm, Compatible with 3M Roloc system, 280/fine; 1 x Small Abrasives Mini Compact Fleece Disc 50 mm, Compatible with 3M Roloc system, 400-600; 2 x Mini Nylon Fleece Disc 50 mm; 1 x Mini Polishing Disc 50 mm; 1 x Pneumatic hand-held sander DSW 15; 1 x System insert, foam 8.4.1; 1 x System case 8.4.1

180

Small abrasives

Mini-Disc

Zirconium corundum. Compatible with 3M Roloc system. • Flexible mini segmented grinding disc with quick-change mounting for use on pneumatic rod grinders (angled), flexible shafts. • 76 mm Ø discs can also be used on 115 mm pneumatic or electric angle grinders in conjunction with an M14 holder. • Sturdy plastic disc with quick-change mounting • Rugged, flexible cotton fabric with high tear resistance • Service life comparison: Conventional fibre disc: Mini-Disc = 20: 1

Tool holding device Grid size Design Material of the carrier disc Max. rotation speed Material of abrasive medium

3M Roloc system 120 Straight Plastic 30000 rpm Zirconium conrundum

Art. no. 0578 605 … Available in different versions. Diameter: 50 to 76 mm P. Qty.: 10

181

Small abrasives

Segmented Grinding Disc Flexi-Disc

Zirconium corundum. Compatible with 3M Roloc system.

Ø 50 and 76 mm: • Flexible mini segmented grinding discs with quick-change mounting for use on pneumatic axial grinders Ø 115 mm: • Flexible segmented grinding discs with 22.23 mm mounting for pneumatic or electric angle grinders • Design: • Ø 50 and 76 mm with robust plastic disc and rapid-change mount • Ø 115 mm with multi-layer glass fabric disc and 22.23-mm hole • Robust and flexible cotton fabric with a high level of tear resistance

Tool holding device Grid size Design Material of the carrier disc Max. rotation speed Material of abrasive medium

Art. no. 0578 705 … Available in different versions. Diameter: 50 to 115 mm P. Qty.: 10

182

3M Roloc system 40 Straight Plastic 30000 rpm Zirconium conrundum

Small abrasives

Pneumatic hand-held sander DSW 15

Powerful, small pneumatic hand-held sander for repairing minor paintwork damage • Ergonomic and rubberised handle • Lightweight and compact design • With speed control • Soundproofed air outlet at the end of the handle • Large, convenient adjustment valve 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Tool holding device Max. idle speed Power output Air consumption Weight of machine

M6 x 1.25 mm 15000 rpm 224 W 113 l/min 0.72 kg

Art. no. 0703 232 0 P. Qty.: 1

Individually boxed

Contents for art. no. 0703 232 0

1 x Open-ended wrench

Holder

For small abrasives

Washer diameter 50 mm 75 mm 75 mm

Shaft diameter 6 mm 6 mm

Connection thread M14

Length 65 mm 30 mm 65 mm

Art. no. 0586 578 01 0586 578 03 0586 578 02

P. Qty. 1 1 1

183

Nylon abrasive fleece

Longlife coarse nylon abrasive fleece disc

Extremely fast cleaning and maximum service life when removing welding seams, scale, corrosion and coatings. • Ceramic abrasive grain for a very high rate of material removal and very long service life • Improved synthetic resin bonding and open fleece structure prevent the disc from smearing the surface Min./max. recommended rotation speed Max. rotation speed Colour Color Coding System

5300-8000 rpm 8000 rpm Red, Dark red ▉ Steel ▉ Stainles steel ▉ Aluminium

Art. no. 0585 333 … Available in different versions. Diameter: 100 to 150 mm P. Qty.: 10

Longlife coarse nylon abrasive fleece disc with cloth plate

Extremely fast cleaning and maximum service life when removing welding seams, scale, corrosion and coatings. • Ceramic abrasive grain for a very high rate of material removal and very long service life • Improved synthetic resin bonding and open fleece structure prevent the disc from smearing the surface Drill hole Colour Grid size Max. rotation speed Material of abrasive medium Color Coding System

Art. no. 0585 333 1… Available in different versions. Diameter: 115 and 125 mm P. Qty.: 10

184

22.23 mm Red, Dark red Very coarse 12000 rpm Ceramic grain ▉ Steel ▉ Stainles steel ▉ Aluminium

Nylon abrasive fleece

Nylon Sanding Fleece Disc

For use with reusable clamping mandrel • Coarsely structured, elastic, abrasive cleaning sanding fleece made of a special combination of synthetic fibres and evenly embedded abrasive grains (silicon carbide). • Flexible, open fleece structure • Easy-to-handle sanding power • Continuous exposure of fresh abrasive grain • Free of corrosive metals • For use on electric drills, straight grinders and flexible shafts Min./max. recommended rotation speed Max. rotation speed Colour

3500-4500 rpm 6000 rpm Black

Art. no. 0585 11…

Available in different versions. Diameter: 100 to 150 mm P. Qty.: 1/10

Nylon Sanding Fleece Disc

With permanently integrated clamping mandrel • Coarsely structured, elastic, abrasive cleaning sanding fleece made of a special combination of synthetic fibres and evenly embedded abrasive grains (silicon carbide). • Flexible, open fleece structure • Continuous exposure of fresh abrasive grain • Free of corrosive metals • For use on electric drills, straight grinders and flexible shafts • Plastic support flanges can be broken off in steps Min./max. recommended rotation speed Max. rotation speed Min./max. rotation speed at nominal load

3500-4500 rpm 6000 rpm 3500-4500 rpm

Art. no. 0585 21…

Available in different versions. Diameter: 100 to 150 mm P. Qty.: 1/5

Can be stored in ORSY system

185

Nylon abrasive fleece

Nylon Sanding Fleece With shank

• Coarsely structured, elastic, abrasive cleaning sanding fleece made of a special combination of synthetic fibres and evenly embedded abrasive grains (silicon carbide). • Free of metals susceptible to corrosion • For use on electric drills, straight grinders and flexible shafts • Plastic support flanges can be broken off in steps • Round shank: 6 x 40 mm Diameter (Ø) Max. rotation speed Recommended rotation speed

60 mm 10000 rpm 5000 rpm

Art. no. 0585 320 P. Qty.: 5

Nylon abrasive fleece disc

With cloth plate. Cleaning welding seams, metal surfaces, wood and plastic. • Coarsely structured, elastic, abrasive cleaning sanding fleece made of a special combination of synthetic fibres and evenly embedded abrasive grains (silicon carbide). • Continuous exposure of fresh abrasive grain • Free of metals susceptible to corrosion • For use on electric drills, straight grinders and flexible shafts • Plastic support flanges can be broken off in steps • For direct use on angle grinders • 150-mm dia. for use on 180-mm angle grinders Drill hole Colour Max. rotation speed

Art. no. 0585 31…

Available in different versions. Diameter: 115 to 150 mm P. Qty.: 10

186

22.23 mm Black 11000 rpm

Nylon abrasive fleece

Nylon Sanding Fleece Roller

Coarsely structured, elastic, abrasive cleaning sanding fleece made of a special combination of synthetic fibres and evenly embedded abrasive grains (silicon carbide), for use with all current satinfinishing machines. • Ideally suited to workpiece geometry for optimal surface contact • Virtually no clogging due to surface abrasion • Uniform and reproducible sanding results • Reduced heat generation -> cool sanding • Continuous exposure of fresh abrasive grain • Easy to use grinding operation • Free of corrosion-prone metals • Plastic support flanges can be removed in stages • 19 mm location hole and 4x 6 mm wedge taper Diameter Width Design Max. rotation speed

100 mm 100 mm With wedge taper 6 mm 4000 rpm

Art. no. 0585 310 100 P. Qty.: 1

Clamping Mandrel

For 1 or 2 nylon sanding fleece discs

Length 52 mm 70 mm

Shaft diameter 6 mm 8 mm

Art. no. 0585 110 01 0585 115 01

P. Qty. 1 1

187

Nylon abrasive fleece

Vehicle Nylon Sanding Fleece

Highly flexible nylon hand sanding fleece for cleaning surfaces (rust removal) and matting new parts, old paint and aluminium. For optimum use in critical areas like folds, corners, recesses or other sharp corners and edges and on interior body parts. Highly flexible nylon sanding fleece • Optimum adjustment to tight radii, curvatures and recesses. • Fast, convenient sanding of hard-to-reach areas. Contains no metallic components No danger of soiling or rusting Width Length Material Grid size A-280 S 1200

188

115 mm 10 m Fleece Colour Red Grey

Art. no. 0585 804 280 0585 804 600

P. Qty. 1 1

Sandpaper

Sanding disc Useit Superpad, vehicles

The perforated sanding disc for filler and filler compounds, HS topcoat paints and water-based paints, as well as plastics and composite fibre materials (e.g. GFRP). • Sanding disc perforated over entire surface • Dust and shadow-free operation • Saves time and money. • No clogging of sanding disc • Foam insulation • The risk of sanding through on edges, beading and curves is reduced to a minimum.

Form Hole pattern Adhesive system

Washer Multiple perforations Hook and loop

Art. no. 0581 3…

Available in different versions. Diameter: 50 to 200 mm Grid Size 40 to 600 P. Qty.: 25

189

Sandpaper

Vehicle finishing disc

For removing dust inclusions, paint runs, and orange peeling, as well as for fine sanding before polishing and matting of paint surfaces. • Significantly shorter grinding and polishing times • Full-surface extraction • Pressure-equalising, absorbent and permeable • Safe working Form Grinding pattern Adhesive system

Washer 2000 Hook and loop

Diameter (Ø) 50 mm 75 mm 150 mm

Art. no. 0587 800 200 0587 841 200 0587 843 200

Vehicle dry sandpaper disc RED PERFECT®

Used to sand fillers and filler compounds, old paints, HS top-coat paints, water-based paints, factory primers on new parts, plastic parts and composite fibre materials (e.g. GFRP). • No tearing or fraying of disc around edges and extraction holes • Quicker sanding times and effective operation with very positive results • Very high material removal and long service life Form Diameter (Ø) Hole pattern Adhesive system

Art. no. 0581 353 … Available in different versions. Grid Size P80 to P3000 P. Qty.: 100

190

Washer 150 mm Multiple perforations Hook and loop

P. Qty. 20 20 20

Sandpaper

Vehicle dry sandpaper strip red perfect®

Used to sand fillers, old paints, HS top-coat paints, water-based paints, new-part factory primers, plastic parts and composite fibre materials (e.g. GFRP). No tearing or fraying of disc around edges and extraction holes Quicker grinding times and effective operation with very positive results • 21-hole pattern for thorough all-over vacuuming of sanding dust • Suitable for all commercially available adhesive discs Extremely high rate of material removal and long service life Form Grid size Adhesive system Width x length 70 mm x 125 mm 70 mm x 198 mm 70 mm x 400 mm 115 mm x 230 mm

Strip P80 Hook and loop Hole pattern 8 hole 8 hole 14-hole 10-hole

Art. no. 0581 128 008 0581 129 008 0581 157 008 0581 132 008

P. Qty. 50 50 50 50

191

Sandpaper

Vehicle dry sandpaper disc Arizona® Perfect

For sanding old paint, fillers, plastics, factory primers on new parts and matting of paintwork. • Up to 20% higher material removal and service life increased by over 90% • Short sanding time and efficient work Form Diameter (Ø) Adhesive system

Washer 150 mm Hook and loop

Available in different versions:

Art. no. 5506 353... Art. no. 5506 343... Grid Size 40 to 600 P. Qty.: 1

Hole pattern Multiple perforations Unpunched

Art. no. 5506 353 004 5506 343 004

Vehicle dry sandpaper roll Arizona® Perfect

Art. no. 5506 247 1…

Roll D-paper

Available in different versions. Width x length: 115x25 mm to 115x50 mm Grid Size 40 to 500 P. Qty.: 1

192

P. Qty. 10/50 50

Sandpaper

Vehicle dry sandpaper strip Arizona® perfect

For sanding old paint, fillers, plastics, factory primers on new parts and matting of paintwork. Up to 20% higher material removal and service life increased by over 90% • P40-80: Ceramic abrasive grain in the coarse range • From P220: Newly developed stearate concept Short sanding time and efficient work Form Grid size Adhesive system

Strip 40 Hook and loop

Width x length 70 mm x 198 mm 70 mm x 420 mm 115 mm x 230 mm

Hole pattern 8 hole 14-hole 10-hole

Art. no. 5506 129 004 5506 157 004 5506 132 004

P. Qty. 50 50 50

Vehicle dry sandpaper Arizona® Perfect soft

For all paint repair work with intermediate and fine sanding. For fast, convenient sanding of hard-to-reach areas, e.g. edges and curves in addition to dry sanding. Quick, flexible and secure • Highly flexible finishing paper on foam • Optimum adjustment to tight radii, curvatures and recesses • No sanding through on edges and curves Form Width x length Backing material

Roll 115 mm x 25 m A-weight paper

Art. no. 5506 442 … Available in different versions. Grid Size 150 to 800 P. Qty.: 1

193

Sandpaper

Vehicle dry sandpaper test set Arizona® Perfect

100 pieces. For sanding old paint, fillers, filler compounds, plastics, factory primers on new parts and matting of paintwork. Up to 20% higher material removal and service life increased by over 90% • P40-80: Ceramic abrasive grain in the coarse range • From P220: Newly developed stearate concept Short sanding time and efficient work • 21-hole pattern for thorough all-over vacuuming of sanding dust • Suitable for all commercially available adhesive discs Contents: 25 each of grains P80, P120, P240, P400 Diameter Number of pieces in assortment/set Hole pattern Form

150 mm 100 PCS Multiple perforations Washer

Art. no. 5506 353 000 P. Qty.: 100

Contents for art. no. Vehicle dry sandpaper disc Arizona® Perfect: 25 x Grid size: 80, 25 x Grid size: 120, 25 x Grid size: 240, 25 x Grid size: 400 5506 353 000

Sandpaper, waterproof Silicon carbide

• Can be used without soaking, extremely flexible grain carrier • Sharply contoured working • Outstanding finish • Excellent contact with the material and optimum grip • First-rate initial and long-term grinding performance with a long service life • Dense scattering Length x width Material of abrasive medium Backing material Scattering Adhesive base

Art. no. 0584 11 …

Available in different versions. Grid Size P60 to P2000 P. Qty.: 1/50

194

280 x 230 mm Silicon carbide C-weight paper Close scattering Synthetic resin

Sandpaper

Sandpaper, waterproof Aluminium oxide

280 x 230 mm Aluminium oxide B-weight paper Close scattering Synthetic resin

Art. no. 0584 01 …

Available in different versions. Grid Size P180 to P1200 P. Qty.: 1/50

195

Useful helpers

Hook and loop support plate

For fastening polishing pads, lambskins etc. with hook and loop mounting • Foam intermediate layer allows user to get a good feel for the surface for an optimal result • Hook-and-loop mounting for fast pad replacement Adhesive system Material Colour

Hook and loop Polyurethane foam Black

Art. no. 0586 …

Available in different versions. Diameter: 80 to 150 mm P. Qty.: 1

Suction hose Diameter Length Design

20 mm 4m With conical adapter

Art. no. 0586 300 000 P. Qty.: 1

Dispenser system for nylon abrasive fleece

Stocked dispenser system with three rolls of nylon abrasive fleece for simply cutting to the required length. Length of roll

Art. no. 0585 805 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 1 x Nylon abrasive fleece Fine A Grid size: P180, 115 mm x 5 m; 1 x Nylon abrasive fleece Very Fine A Grid size: P280, 115 mm 0585 805 x 5 m; 1 x Nylon abrasive fleece Ultra-Fine S Grid size: P1000, 115 mm x 5 m; 1 x Universal dispenser system; 6 x Star-shaped

196

Useful helpers

Nylon abrasive fleece grain 100 Coarse A Pre-treatment for painting galvanised steel Length Grid size

5m P100

Width 35 mm 70 mm 115 mm

Art. no. 0585 835 100 0585 870 100 0585 805 100

P. Qty. 1 1 1

Daisy disc

Micro-fine water sandpaper used for the removal of dust inclusions and fine surface defects. Grid size Adhesive system Diameter Colour

2000 Hook and loop 35 mm Grey

Art. no. 0584 200 0 P. Qty.: 100

197

Useful helpers

Sanding Block Set

For use with Velcro or adhesive daisy discs • For sensitive micro-sanding work, even on edges, using the soft interface • With daisy disc moistener Number of pieces in assortment/set

2 PCS

Art. no. 0586 200 0 P. Qty.: 1

Braided cup brush (steel)

For pre-treating metallic surfaces that must be painted or coated. • Hardened steel wire, braided clockwise • Can be used on all common angle grinders.

Diameter (D) Usable length of wire (H) Tool holding device (d) Wire diameter Max. rotation speed

Art. no. 0714 69 01 P. Qty.: 1

198

70 mm 20 mm M14 0.5 mm 12500 rpm

Useful helpers

Brush belt, coarse

Especially suitable for areas around weld seams, contours and edges. With sand blasting effect, ensures good adhesion for tin coating and trowel application. For fast removal of underseal, sealing compounds, paint, rust and films. Art. no. 0703 350 … Available in different versions. Width: 11 mm and 23 mm P. Qty.: 5/10

Rubber Eraser

For removing adhesive residues and films on metallic surfaces. Outer diameter Can be used with adapter

90 mm Yes

Art. no. 0585 93 P. Qty.: 1

Rubber Eraser

For fast and easy removal of films, stickers and adhesive residues on metallic and paint surfaces. Fast material removal • Contact surface twice as large (w = 30 mm) as that of a conventional film rubber • High rotation speed possible Outer diameter Can be used with adapter

100 mm 23 mm

Art. no. 0585 91 P. Qty.: 1

199

200

WINDSHIELD REPLACEMENT Page Removal

202 – 205

Windshield removal

206 – 211

Preparation and bonding

212 – 217

Windshield installation and assembly

218 – 219

Stone chip repair

220

Accessories

221 – 228

Calibration

229

201

Removal

Windshield removal

Removal of decorative moldings | Removal of the wiper arm

Windshield removal using wire or knife

Preparation and bonding

Windshield installation & assembly

Cleaning | Pre-treatment | Bonding

Good to know!

Unrestricted access is required when replacing the windshield. Würth offers you the correct tools for removing all external parts such as wipers and decorative moldings.

Removing the parts

Unrestricted access is required for the removal of the windshield. Therefore you must first remove all external parts. • Removing decorative moldings: It is fast and simple to remove the clips using the 4-piece Würth assembly wedge set. The glass fiber-reinforced plastic prevents the bodywork from becoming deformed or damaged during removal. • Removing the windshield wiper: Loosen the dust caps using the clip remover and then the screw connection on the wiper arm using the lever reversible ratchet. Simply remove the wiper arms using the pole terminal puller with a push-and-pull movement. Attention: When aluminum and steel meet, this may lead to contact corrosion on the connection. Damage or deformations are therefore to be expected when this connection is released.

Würth Perfection Line Windshield Replacement Video Instructions: SCAN NOW!

202

Stone chip repair

accessories

Calibration

◯ i

To ensure that decorative molding are removed safely, we recommend using our plastic assembly wedge.

◯ i

All parts that are attached by clips can be easily removed. There is no damage to the bodywork due to the fiberglass-reinforced plastic.

Assembly wedge set

Art. no. 0714 58 245 PU/pcs. 1

Art. no. 0714 58 248 PU/pcs. 1

12-piece set for the removal of interior linings and fastening elements.

Clip remover

Length: 280 mm Art. no. 0714 34 52 PU/pcs. 1

Art. no. 0714 34 53 PU/pcs. 1

For easy removal of clips on interior linings.

For easy removal of brackets and clips.

Art. no. 0714 34 54 PU/pcs. 1

For the removal of interior linings and lifting seals

Removal and lifting wedge The very flat tapered wedge side allows optimum removal of plastic clips. Length: 165 mm Art. no. 1952 001 366

203

Windshield removal

Removal of decorative moldings | Removal of the wiper arm

Windshield removal using wire or knife

Preparation and bonding

Windshield installation & assembly

Cleaning | Pre-treatment | Bonding

Symbolic image: shutterstock.com

Removal

Universal puller

With special hook and hook clamp. For cars, vans, commercial vehicles, buses, construction vehicles and agricultural machinery. Art. no. 1952 001 008 PU/pcs. 1

204

Wiper arm puller

Special design with continuously adjustable fork width (spring mechanism) for removing the wiper arms from the wiper arm shaft.

18 pieces. Universal assortment offering the greatest possible market and model coverage for removing wiper arms from the wiper arm shaft. For the most common car models.

with adjustable fork

Art. no. 1952 004 445 PU/pcs. 1

master set

Art. no. 1952 004 440 PU/pcs. 1

Stone chip repair

Accessories

Calibration

Dust-proof head 1 2-way seal for better protection against contamination 2 Drive, square: Robust and extremely resistant Maintenance-free – long-lasting lubrication of mechanics is guaranteed.

1/2 inch lever reversible ratchet, dust-proof Dust-proof ratchet for long service life even under difficult working conditions. • Drive: 12.5–1/2“ • Standard: DIN 3122, ISO 3315 • Reversing lever for clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation • Geometry: Depressed ratchet body for more freedom of movement Art. no. 0712 012 03 PU/pcs. 1

Fine-toothed

Maintenance-free

Tool with additional uses: The maintenance-free ratchet tool SCAN NOW!

205

Removal

Windshield removal

Removal of decorative moldings | Removal of the wiper arm

Windshield removal using wire or knife

Preparation and bonding

Windshield installation & assembly

Cleaning | Pre-treatment | Bonding

Good to know!

Windshield removal is possible through various work steps and removal systems. You can get the right tool from us for every application.

Removing the windshield perfectly

It takes several, consecutive steps to remove the front windshield. The windshield removal set includes the right tool for every step: • To remove the windshield, you must pierce the adhesive bead using the probe included in the set. The cutting cord is suitable for windshields with a particularly narrow clearance. Our tip: Protect the surrounding bodywork attachments with Würth fabric adhesive tape. • Fasten the cutting cord to the probe. When carrying out this step, ensure that the cutting cord is run under the edge of the windshield. • Attach the cord inside the vehicle to the removal tool: Ensure that you then position the tool opposite the puncture site therefore generating sufficient vacuum. Perfect hold is guaranteed when you activate the pump function until the red marking can no longer be seen. Repeat this step three times to reach each corner of the screen. • Cut back the adhesive bead using the universal scraper and knife set.

206

Removing the windshield perfectly. Video instructions: SCAN NOW!

Stone chip repair

Accessories

Calibration

Windshield removal set Mini

9 pieces. For simple and cost-effective removal of bonded vehicle windshields and side windows. 1 x universal holder C 6.3 (1/4 in); 1 x wire probe; 1 x protector included in windshield removal set small; 1 x removal cutting wire 65 m, cord thickness: 1.1 mm; 1 x mounting hook for windshield removal set mini; 1 x assembly wedge; 1 x 1C cutter knife with slider; 1 x system case 4.4.2 Art. no. 0714 58 230 PU/pcs. 1

ONE SYSTEM, ONE MAN, A PERFECT RESULT! The use of cutting cord and

protector means that the inner paneling does not need to be removed.

207

Removal

Windshield removal

Removal of decorative moldings | Removal of the wiper arm

Windshield removal using wire or knife

Preparation and bonding

Windshield installation & assembly

Cleaning | Pre-treatment | Bonding

Basic windshield removal set

7 pcs. For easy, cost-effective removal of bonded car windshields and side windows. Especially suitable for one-person operation. To be used with wire and cutting cord. Scope of delivery 1 x windshield removal device, 1 x cutting cord, Art.no. 071458 282, 1 x cutting thread, Art. no. 071458 283, 1 x mounting hook Art. 071458 214, 1 x wire feeder , Art. no. 071458 213, 1 x protector, Art. no. 071458 219, 1 x Orsy 100 case Art. no. 0714 58 229 PU/pcs. 1

Special steel cutting wire

Wind shield cutting wire

Width: 0.6 mm Height: 0.6 mm Length: 50 m Art. no. 0714 58 282 PU/pcs. 1

Length: 25 m Color: Pink Art. no. 0714 58 283 PU/pcs. 1

Good flexibility for higher tensile strength, especially suitable for work in hard-to-reach places.

For damage-free removal of vehicle windshields with a particularly narrow measuring clearance.

Protector set

Protects interior linings and dashboards.

Wire probe

For penetrating the adhesive bead and pulling in the cutting wire. Art. no. 0714 58 213 PU/pcs. 1

208

Width: 450 mm Height: 300 mm Art. no. 0714 58 217 PU/pcs. 1

Width: 270 mm Height: 200 mm Art. no. 0714 58 218 PU/pcs. 1

Stone chip repair

Accessories

Calibration

Square stainless steel cutting wire

Round-wire cutting wire

Length: 50 m Art. no. 0891 656 PU/pcs. 1

Length: 22.5 m Art. no. 0714 58 28 PU/pcs. 1

Extremely smooth surfaces, cuts through adhesive bead more easily.

Braided for high cutting capacity despite lack of cutting edges.

Holding tool Long design.

Art. no. 0714 58 24 PU/pcs. 1

Replacement knurled thumb screw

Pull handle

Art. no. 0714 58 241 PU/pcs. 1

Art. no. 0714 58 23 PU/pcs. 1

For holding tool. Art. no. 071458 24

For cutting wire.

Blade for windshield removal knife Standard small Art. no. 0714 582 101 PU/pcs. 1

Windshield removal knife

Standard large Art. no. 0714 582 102 PU/pcs. 1

Includes 1 x blade for windshield removal knife

Extra long Art. no. 0714 582 103 PU/pcs. 1

Bonded car windows can be removed by one person.

Art. no. 0714 582 10 PU/pcs. 1

209

Removal

Windshield removal

Removal of decorative moldings | Removal of the wiper arm

Windshield removal using wire or knife

Multi-cutter EMS 450 1.7 Compact

Extremely powerful multi-cutter with quick-action clamping system for the automotive sector. Continuous speed regulation the machine adapts the tool perfectly to the respective application. Scope of delivery 1 x sharpening stone; 1 x case insert multi-cutter EMS; 1 x system case 8.4.2 Art. no. 5706 103 1 PU/pcs. 1

Vehicle glass trade set for electric multi-cutter

9pcs. This set is able to cut out almost 98% of all windshields. Art. no. 0696 606 PU/pcs. 1

210

Preparation and bonding

Windshield installation & assembly

Cleaning | Pre-treatment | Bonding

Pneumatic multi-cutter DMS 2

Powerful device for removing bonded vehicle windshields, for cutting work in the bodywork sector and grinding work on corners and edges. For restricted use, only for cutting knives without rotation speed indication! Scope of delivery 1 x open-ended wrench; 1 x two-hole wrench; 1 x mist lubricator Art. no. 0703 862 1 PU/pcs. 1

Stone chip repair

Accessories

Calibration

◯ i

Attach an adhesive strip to the windshield and bodywork externally, to prevent the windshield slipping when completely separated from the adhesive bead.

Vacuum lifter

With 2 movable heads With 2 movable heads, especially for transport of convex car windshields. Diameter: 120 mm Art. no. 0714 58 20 PU/pcs. 1

◯ i

Cut the remaining bead back to approx. 2 mm with the universal scraper and blade set.

Scraper blade

Blade width: 12 mm Art. no. 0715 66 42 PU/pcs. 1 Blade width: 16 mm Art. no. 0715 66 43 PU/pcs. 1 Blade width: 20 mm Art. no. 0715 66 44 PU/pcs. 1 Blade width: 16 mm, angled Art. no. 0715 66 45 PU/pcs. 1

Scraper and blade set

27-piece scraper replacement with 4 different scraper blades and carpet knife. 1 x carpet knife; 5 x trapezoidal blade; 1 x scraper handle; scraper blade: 5 x blade width: 12 mm, 5 x blade width: 16 mm, 5 x blade width: 20 mm, 5 x blade width: 16 mm, angled

Scraper handle

Art. no. 0715 66 40 PU/pcs. 1

Art. no. 0715 66 41 PU/pcs. 1

Ergonomic 2K handle with blade clamping for scraper blades.

211

Removal

Windshield removal

Removal of decorative moldings | Removal of the wiper arm

Windshield removal using wire or knife

Good to know!

Preparation and bonding

Windshield installation & assembly

Cleaning | Pre-treatment | Bonding

Place the new windshield on the bodywork flange using the suction lifter in order to determine the correct position of the windshield. Stick an adhesive strip on the left and right of the windshield and the bodywork when you have determined the optimum screen position.

212

Stone chip repair

Accessories

Calibration

Preparing application surfaces and bonding correctly

The application surface must be clean so that the screen can be securely and solidly bonded. Therefore your preparation must be very thorough. Special Würth cleaning agents will help you: • Clean the bodywork flange and screen: Remove the heavy dirt with active cleaner and a special cloth, for e.g. the Tex-Rein cleaning cloth. Take care to clean the bonding surfaces thoroughly. • Prime the bodywork flange and screen: Before inserting the new screen, prime the bodywork flange in order to create the primer for the window adhesive. Use the Varioprimer safe + easy for this for the perfect result.

213

Removal

Windshield removal

Removal of decorative moldings | Removal of the wiper arm

Windshield removal using wire or knife

◯ i

Preparation and bonding

Windshield installation & assembly

Cleaning | Pre-treatment | Bonding

Foldaway and height adjustable.

Combination

Wind protection screen

For car and truck windshields and assembly parts.

For car and truck windshields. Max. load capacity 55kg

workbenches

stands

Length: 1,150 mm Width: 500 mm Art. no. 0714 58 261 PU/pcs. 1

Length: 1,150 mm Width: 450 mm Art. no. 0714 58 262 PU/pcs. 1

Abrasive

Cleaning cloth Tex-Rein

cleaning sponge

For thorough cleaning of stubborn dirt on glass panes and ceramic screen-printed edges.

Extra fine cleaning cloth for dust and lint-sensitive areas.

Color: Gray L x W x H: 134 x 60 x 30 mm Art. no. 0899 700 407 PU/pcs. 10

Color: Turquoise Art. no. 0899 810 PU/pcs 1/4

Glass cleaner Active cleaner

Glass cleaner

Contents: 500 ml Color: Colorless Art. no. 0890 024 1 PU/pcs. 1

Contents: 500 ml Color: Green Art. no. 0890 220 01 PU/pcs 1/12

Special cleaner for pre-treatment in window repair.

214

For streak-free and thorough cleaning. Contents: 5 liters Color: Green Art. no. 0890 220 02 PU/pcs. 1

Stone chip repair

Accessories

Calibration

◯ i

PRE-TREATMENT: First check the bodywork for damage, corrosion and paint damage. Prime the adhesion surfaces before bonding the new window in order to form the primer for the window adhesive. IMPORTANT: Please observe the drying times for all chemical products!

Primer brush

For windshield installation

Length: 11 cm Art. no. 0891 650 PU/pcs. 10

Sensor repair pad set

26 pieces. Silicon pads for re-using rain and light sensors when replacing the windshield. Art. no. 0890 024 010 PU/pcs. 1

Window glazing tape

Sensor repair pad

For windshield installation

Silicon pads for re-using rain and light sensors when replacing the windshield.

Color: Black Roll length: 12 m Width: 4 mm Art. no. 0891 655 PU/pcs. 4

Art. no. 0890 025 029-035 PU/pcs. 5

◯ i

Adhesion promoters, corrosion protection, activator and UV protection.

Adhesion

promoter

Varioprimer safe + easy

Contact Clean

Multi-purpose pre-treatment agent for all common substrates found in replacement glazing.

Contents: 10 ml Color: Black Art. no. 0890 024 010 PU/pcs. 12

Contents: 20 ml Color: Black Art. no. 0890 024 020 PU/pcs 1/25

Contents: 100 ml Color: Black Art. no. 0890 024 100 PU/pcs 1/12

Special clear Adhesion promoter for window adhesive RAPID (German Federal Law Gazette) Contents: 250 ml Color: Transparent Art. no. 0890 024 500 PU/pcs 1/6

215

Removal

Windshield removal

Removal of decorative moldings | Removal of the wiper arm

Windshield removal using wire or knife

Preparation and bonding

Windshield installation & assembly

Cleaning | Pre-treatment | Bonding

Good to know!

BONDING: After you have perfectly prepared everything and observed the ventilation times, the window can be bonded and then inserted. IMPORTANT: The ventilation time of the window adhesive can vary in terms of temperature and humidity.

Window adhesive Ultimate complete set

Window adhesive Ultimate professional set

1 x Ultimate window adhesive; 1 x Varioprimer safe + easy; 1 x primer brush; 1 x standard window application nozzle

Contents: 310 ml Art. no. 0890 023 800 PU/pcs. 1

Contents: 400 ml Art. no. 0890 023 830 PU/pcs. 1

Usable in any season, high-modulus, non-conducting 1C window adhesive.

Usable in any season, high-modulus, non-conducting 1C window adhesive (400 ml).

Similar image

Window adhesive Expert Set, 310 ml

Window adhesive Expert set

Can be used for all common car types.

1 x Expert plus window adhesive; 1 x Varioprimer safe + easy; 1 x primer brush

Elastic 1C window adhesive with excellent stability.

Art. no. 0890 023 703 PU/pcs 1/12

216

Elastic 1C window adhesive (400 ml) with excellent stability.

Art. no. 0890 023 705 PU/pcs 1/12

Stone chip repair

Accessories

Calibration

Usable in any season!

Window adhesive Expert cargo

1C window adhesive for commercial vehicles, buses and rail vehicles. Contents: 600 ml Art. no. 0890 023 600 PU/pcs 1/12

Window adhesive Ultimate

Usable in any season, high-modulus, non-conducting 1C window adhesive.

Window adhesive Expert

Contents: 310 ml Art. no. 0890 023 801 PU/pcs 1/12

Contents: 310 ml Art. no. 0890 023 702 PU/pcs 1/12

Contents: 600 ml Art. no. 0890 023 870 PU/pcs 1/20

Elastic 1C window adhesive with excellent stability.

◯ i

Contents: 400 ml Art. no. 0890 023 704 PU/pcs 1/15

Contents: 400 ml Art. no. 0890 023 831 PU/pcs 1/15

Attach an adhesive strip to the windshield and bodywork externally, to prevent the windshield slipping when completely separating the adhesive bead.

Vacuum lifter

Fabric adhesive tape 4613

Especially for transport of convex car windshields.

Width: 50 mm Length: 50 m Color: Silver-colored Art. no. 0874 100 200 PU/pcs 1/12

With 2 moveable heads

Diameter: 120 mm Art. no. 0714 58 20 PU/pcs. 1

Easy fabric adhesive tape for general applications in trade and industry. Width: 48 mm Length: 50 m Color: Black Art. no. 0992 650 2 PU/pcs 1/24

217

Removal

Windshield removal

Removal of decorative moldings | Removal of the wiper arm

Windshield removal using wire or knife

Preparation and bonding

Windshield installation & assembly

Cleaning | Pre-treatment | Bonding

Fitting the new windshield

After preparation the final step is bonding. The Würth Perfect Repair products deliver a convincing result: • Apply the adhesive bead: After sufficient drying time for the primer, you can apply the window adhesive. The pre-formed application nozzle allows even application.

• Insert the window: Position the window on the bodywork flange. For optimum adhesive bonding press the window evenly and lightly on the bodywork afterward. Secure the window in to the connection using fabric adhesive tape on the bodywork. This prevents the window slipping while the adhesive hardens. • Assemble the attachments: Almost done! The final step is to assemble the previously dismantled attachments again in reverse order.

218

Fitting the new windshield perfectly. Video instructions: SCAN NOW!

Stone chip repair

Accessories

Calibration

219

Removal

Windshield removal

Removal of decorative moldings | Removal of the wiper arm

Windshield removal using wire or knife

Preparation and bonding

Windshield installation & assembly

Cleaning | Pre-treatment | Bonding

Repairing stone chip damage perfectly. Video instructions: SCAN NOW!

Window repair set, Professional, 146 pieces

For repairing laminated windshields damaged by stone chips. 1 vacuum/pressure pump, 1 vacuum/pressure hose, 1 suction holder with injector, 1 UV lamp, 1 inspection mirror, 25 hardening films, 6 scraper blades, 10 sets of Repair Resin "Polymer II", 10 sets of Repair Resin "Crack Fill", 10 sets of Repair Resin "Extreme II", 1 replacement seal ring for injector, 4 batteries, 1 operating instructions., other. Art. no. 5964 089 380 PU/pcs. 1

Windscreen repair system, 25 pieces

For repairing laminated windshields damaged by stone chips. Complete package • The box contains a complete instruction manual and a demonstration video on the CD-ROM • Contains everything you need to do the job • 230 V or 12 V power supply via cigarette lighter socket The kit also includes: • Centering tip, 1 pc. • Gas lighter, 1 pc. • Elastic ball, 1 pc. Art.nr. 0893 458 0 PU/pcs. 1

Repair filler resin for window repairs Filler resin for universal use Art. no. 0890 016 PU/pcs. 5

220

Art. no. 0890 016 100 PU/pcs. 2

Stone chip repair

Accessories

Calibration

SAFETY FIRST: AVOIDING WORK-RELATED ACCIDENTS.

Protect yourself and your employees when replacing the window. You should protect your eyes and hands especially.

Wear disposable gloves during the work. These must be tough and protect your skin from chemicals.

Nitrile disposable gloves Black powder-free Size: M–XL Art. no. 0899 470 37. PU/pcs. 100

Disposable gloves

Safety goggles

Unique, diamond structure for optimum grip.

Maximum protection in a casual design

Nitrile grip

Sizes: M–XXL Art. no. 0899 470 12. PU/pcs 50/500

Cetus®X-treme

Art. no. 0899 102 380 PU/pcs. 1

221

Removal

Windshield removal

Removal of decorative moldings | Removal of the wiper arm

Windshield removal using wire or knife

Preparation and bonding

Windshield installation & assembly

Cleaning | Pre-treatment | Bonding

Symbolic image

Manual cartridge guns, high-quality

CARTRIDGE GUN 24:1

PACK GUN 24:1 TO 600 ML

Art. no. 0891 310 10 PU/pcs 1

Art. no. 0891 400 620 PU/pcs 1

Manual caulking gun for cartridges 24:1

222

Manual pouch gun 24:1

Stone chip repair

Accessories

Calibration

Cordless application gun AKP 18-600 M-CUBE®

Powerful 18-V application gun that Würth has developed to meet the needs of tradespeople. Suitable for 400-ml and 600-ml bags. With the pressure plate art. 5700 202 004 cartridges can also be processed. The conversion set means that the tube can be shortened for improved convenience. 1 x Transport bag, 1 x Extrusion rod for battery-powered application gun, 1 x Application tube, aluminium, 1 x Pressure plate for cordless application gun AKP, 2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE®, 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE® Art. no. 5701 410 004 PU/pcs. 1

Standard window Adaptor

For bag goods Art. no. 0891 651 10 PU/pcs 1/12

application nozzle For bag goods

Color: Transparent Art. no. 0891 651 0 PU/pcs. 12

Window Conversion kit

application nozzle

On 400 ml bag Art. no. 5700 600 400* PU/pcs. 1

Art. no. 0891 023 001* PU/pcs. 12

* Order via 1999 100

223

Removal

Windshield removal

Removal of decorative moldings | Removal of the wiper arm

Windshield removal using wire or knife

◯ i

Preparation and bonding Cleaning | Pre-treatment | Bonding

Foldaway and height adjustable.

Combination

Wind protection screen

For car and truck windshields and assembly parts.

For car and truck windshields. Max. load capacity 55kg

workbenches

Length: 1,150 mm Width: 500 mm Art. no. 0714 58 261 PU/pcs. 1

224

stands

Length: 1,150 mm Width: 450 mm Art. no. 0714 58 262 PU/pcs. 1

Windshield installation & assembly

Stone chip repair

Accessories

Calibration

PE seat protector on roll

Seat protector, nylon

Length x width: 1,300 x 790 mm Art. no. 0899 500 01 PU/pcs. 1

Length x width: 1,350 x 760 mm Art. no. 0899 500 010 PU/pcs. 1

Robust and reusable

Steering wheel protector,

Adhesive film for steering

Replacement roll

Elasticated around the outside for a perfect fit.

With red changeable handle

Art. no. 0899 500 028 PU/pcs. 1

nylon

Width: 100 mm Art. no. 0899 500 020 PU/pcs. 1

wheel protection Length: 300 m Width: 125 mm Art. no. 0899 500 027 PU/pcs. 1

225

Removal

Windshield removal

Removal of decorative moldings | Removal of the wiper arm

Windshield removal using wire or knife

Wing protector with sewn-in sand bags Protects against damage during repair and maintenance work. Length: 1100 mm Width: 700 mm Color: Black Art. no. 0899 601 PU/pcs. 1

Universal car front protector

Prevents scratches to paintwork which can occur while working on vehicles through dropped tools and component installation. Supplied in practical carrying bag.

Length: 3 m Width: 1 m Color: Black Art. no. 0899 603 PU/pcs. 1

Universal car protector

Versatile car protector with non-slip surface. Length: 900 mm Width: 610 mm Color: Black Art. no. 0899 600 3 PU/pcs. 1

226

Preparation and bonding Cleaning | Pre-treatment | Bonding

Windshield installation & assembly

Stone chip repair

Accessories

Calibration

Cleaning cloth Tex-Rein Extra fine cleaning cloth for

Cleaning paper ECO LINE Cleaning paper ECO LINE on rolls

dust and lint-sensitive areas. Color: Turquoise Art. no. 0899 810 PU/pcs 1/4

Roll length: 360 m Art. no. 0899 800 823 PU/pcs. 2

Footwell protector PE

Microactive cloth Basic

Length x width: 50 x 38 cm

Length x width: 40 x 40 cm Color: Green Art. no. 0899 900 050 PU/pcs. 50

Fuel and lubricant resistant

Art. no. 0899 500 03 PU/pcs. 500

Microfil cloth Basic.

227

Removal

Windshield removal

Removal of decorative moldings | Removal of the wiper arm

Windshield removal using wire or knife

Preparation and bonding

Windshield installation & assembly

Cleaning | Pre-treatment | Bonding

Glass cleaner

Active windshield cleaner

Color: Green

Color: Colorless

For streak-free and thorough cleaning.

Contents: 500 ml Art. no. 0890 220 01 PU/pcs 1/12

Contents: 5 liters Art. no. 0890 220 02 PU/pcs. 1

Interior cleaner

Special cleaning foam with anti-static additive for the entire vehicle interior. Cleans all painted and plastic parts, glass surfaces and upholstery of nicotine, dirt and dust. Contents: 500 ml Art. no. 0893 033 PU/pcs 1/24

228

Cleaning foam for glass and smooth surfaces.

Contents: 500 ml Art. no. 0890 25 PU/pcs 1/12

Contents: 5 liters Art. no. 0890 250 5 PU/pcs. 1

Contents: 600 ml Art. no. 0890 255 PU/pcs 1/24

Contents: 20 liters Art. no. 0890 252 0 PU/pcs. 1

Isopropanol cleaner IPA cleaner

For universal use Leaves no stains or streaks on glass surfaces as the product evaporates completely and residue-free after a short period. Contents: 500 ml Color: Transparent Art. no. 0893 223 500 PU/pcs 1/12

Stone chip repair

Accessories

Calibration

ORDER VIA

workshop equipment specialist

ACS Cars

Drive assistance systems must be regularly checked and calibrated. With ACS Cars we provide the optimum solution for statistical camera calibration for everyday workshop demands. • T ime-saving: Calibration in less than 15 minutes • Single: One-person operation instead of group working • Flexible. From small cars to vans

229

230

BONDING & SEALING Page Construction adhesives Useful helpers

232 – 236 237

Adhesives and sealants 238 – 248 Elastic adhesives and sealants

249 – 252

231

Construction adhesives

Superglue Super-fast glue

For bonding metal, plastic and rubber parts with and to each other in a matter of seconds. • Bonds metal, plastic and rubber parts to each other in seconds • High level of resistance to ageing and climatic conditions • Solvent- and silicone-free Chemical basis Colour Max. gluing gap size Min./max. processing temperature Shelf life from production/conditions Weight of content 5g 20 g 50 g

Cyanoacrylate acidic ester Transparent 0.1 mm 5 to 35 °C 12 Month/at room temperature

Min./max. hardening time/conditions 2-90 s/Depending on the material 5-90 s/Depending on the material 2-90 s/Depending on the material

Proof of performance

Min./max. temperature resistance -30 to +80 °C -30 to +80 °C -30 to 80 °C

NSF registered, class P1, reg. no. 151993 NSF-tested in accordance with NSF/ANSI 61 for use in service water and drinking water

NSF = internationally recognised organisation for the supervision and registration of products used in the food processing sector

232

Art. no. 0893 090 0 0893 09 0893 090

P. Qty. 1/5/25/100 1/100/150 1

Construction adhesives

Superglue KLEBFIX 4-in-1

Universal superglue with brush applicator for extremely thin, flat adhesive application. Bottle with application brush • Enables simple, reliable and extremely precise application of adhesive • Ideal for connecting very thin and small surfaces • „Overhead“ application even possible for extremely thin adhesive layers Special bottle opening Adhesive will not escape if bottle tips over Fast-setting The adhesive hardens extremely quickly Universal application Bonds both smooth and porous substrates Solvent and silicone-free Weight of content Chemical basis Colour Max. gluing gap size Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Shelf life from production/conditions

4g Cyanoacrylate acidic ester Transparent 0.25 mm 5 to 35 °C -40 to +120 °C 12 Month/at room temperature

Art. no. 0893 094 P. Qty.: 1/25

233

Construction adhesives

Superglue Klebfix Easy Pen

For easy and effortless work. Very easy to use one-handed. • Easy Pen design

Fits ergonomically in your hand

• Bonds in seconds

For bonding metal, plastic and rubber parts to each other

• Solvent- and silicone-free

Weight of content Chemical basis Colour Max. gluing gap size Min./max. hardening time/conditions Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Shelf life from production/conditions

30 g Cyanoacrylate acidic ester Transparent 0.1 mm 2-90 s/Depending on the material 5 to 35 °C -30 to +80 °C 12 Month/dry, at room temperature

Art. no. 0893 090 030 P. Qty.: 1

Proof of performance

NSF-registered, class P1, reg. no. 151994 NSF-tested according to NSF/ANSI 61 for use with water for drinking and other domestic uses

NSF = internationally recognised organisation for the supervision and registration of products used in the food processing sector

234

Construction adhesives

Superglue KLEBFIX 4-in-1

Universal superglue specially designed for porous materials and uneven, rough components as well as for metal, plastic and rubber. Fast-setting The adhesive hardens extremely quickly Universal application Bonds both smooth and porous substrates Clean processing Dosing cap allows clean working without the outlet opening becoming clogged Simple handling Ergonomic bottle shape allows easy single-handed operation Solvent- and silicone-free Weight of content Chemical basis Colour Max. gluing gap size Min./max. hardening time/conditions Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Shelf life from production/conditions

50 g Cyanoacrylate acidic ester Transparent 0.25 mm 10-60 s/Depending on the material 5 to 35 °C -30 to +80 °C 12 Month/at room temperature

Art. no. 0893 423 P. Qty.: 1

235

Construction adhesives

Superglue Klebfix, 2-component

Transparent, gap-filling, flexible 2-component superglue • Excellent adhesion to a wide variety of surfaces • Resistant to petrol and diesel • Solvent and silicone-free Chemical basis Colour Max. gluing gap size Min./max. hardening time/conditions Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Shelf life from production/conditions

Cyanoacrylate Transparent 6 mm 5-6 min/depending on the adhesive gap 5 to 35 °C -40 to +80 °C 12 Month/cool, dry and frost-free storage area

Weight of content 10 g 50 g

Art. no. 0893 093 090 0893 093 091

P. Qty. 1/10 1

Art. no. 0893 403 0893 403 1

P. Qty. 1/40 1/10

Superglue Klebfix GEL

Run-proof superglue in gel form enables precise application, even on overhead or vertical surfaces. • For bonding different materials to each other effectively

Aluminium, steel, iron, copper, brass, paint, wood, MDF, chipboard, decorative panels, cork, cardboard, felt, leather, porcelain, fibre glass, rubber, plastics (such as hard PVC, ABS, PMMA) Not suitable for PP, PE, PTFE, silicone and bitumen.

• Fast-setting • Solvent- and silicone-free

Chemical basis Colour Max. gluing gap size Min./max. hardening time/conditions Min./max. processing temperature Shelf life from production/conditions Weight of content 3g 20 g

236

Ethyl-2-cyanoacrylate monomer Transparent 0.25 mm 20-100 s/Depending on the material 5 to 20 °C 24 Month/cool and dry storage area Min./max. temperature resistance -40 to 85 °C -40 to +85 °C

Useful helpers

Activator

To accelerate the curing of superglues Contents Chemical basis Colour Min./max. flash-off time Shelf life from production

150 ml Aliphatic hydrocarbon Transparent 2 min-10 min 24 Month

Art. no. 0893 301 20 P. Qty.: 1

237

Adhesives and sealants

Bodywork adhesive Powerbond

High-strength 2-component epoxy resin system for bodywork repairs • Restores the original strength and rigidity • Less spot welding • Meets the requirements of automotive manufacturers • Glass particle technology guarantees a layer thickness of 0.7-1.2 mm • Excellent stability • Excellent corrosion protection • Weldable • Can be sanded/painted • Silicone-free and VOC-free Container Chemical basis Colour Min. tensile strength Working life Curing time Resistance against Shelf life from production Contents Min./max. temperature resistance Min./max. processing temperature

Double cartridge Epoxy resin Black 30 N/mm2 60 min 4h Petrol, Diesel, Cooling liquid, Engine and gear oils 12 Month 225 ml -30 to +120 °C 15 to 25 °C

Art. no. 0893 450 100 P. Qty.: 1/6

Proof of Performance

Static mixing tube

For Powerbond bodywork adhesive Art. no. 0891 450 101 P. Qty.: 15

238

Also avaiable as cartridge version.

Art. no. 0893 450 110 195 ml P. Qty.: 1/6

Adhesives and sealants

Double cartridge gun for 225/250 ml

Cartridge gun for two-component adhesives with quick-change plastic pressure plates for mixing ratios 1:1, 2:1, 4:1 and 10:1 • With a new rotating system for changing the pressure plate without tools - allows a quick change to a different mixing ratio • Scope of delivery includes all quick-change stamps for sizes 1:1, 2:1, 4:1 and 10:1 • Epoxy-coated aluminium handle with ergonomic design for comfortable working with minimal trigger pressure Material Product weight (per item)

Aluminium-plastic 1871 g

Art. no. 0891 450 100 P. Qty.: 1

239

Adhesives and sealants

Plastic adhesive Special

Quick-hardening adhesive for plastics, especially PP/PE Excellent adhesion to plastics and metals Secure and long-lasting bonding to the widest range of materials possible. Rapid processing No primer or activator necessary Excellent resistance to moisture and media Contents Container Chemical basis Colour Working life Min. initial strength Min./max. temperature resistance

37 ml Double cartridge Acrylate Yellowish 5 min 2h -55 to +80 °C

Art. no. 0893 480 001 P. Qty.: 1

Double cartridge gun

Plastic pistol for 38-ml and 50-ml double cartridges with a mixing ratio of 1:1, 4:1 and 10:1. • Made of impact-resistant plastic • Accurate and consistent dosage • With integrated pressure relief Material Included in delivery (Lieferumfang) Product weight (per item)

Art. no. 0891 893 486 P. Qty.: 1

240

Plastic impact-resistant 1:1 and 1:10 mixing adapter 275 g

Adhesives and sealants

Plastic repair system Smilerepair REPLASTeasy For the professional repair of all types of plastic parts

• A solvent-free adhesive for almost every type of plastic • Quick to harden • Excellent chemical resistance to liquids such as petrol, many lubricating oils and ethyl acetate Product weight (per item)

3280 g

Art. no. 0893 500 0 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 25 x Static mixing tube; 1 x Double cartridge gun; 1 x Plastic cleaner REPLAST; 1 x Plastic primer REPLAST; 2 x Plastic adhesive 0893 500 0 REPLAST® Easy Fast; 2 x Plastic adhesive REPLAST® Easy Universal; 2 x Plastic adhesive REPLAST® Easy Superfast; 1 x Reinforcement tape; 1 x Contour film

Plastic cleaner REPLAST

Effortless and thorough cleaning Contents pH value

500 ml 12.1

Art. no. 0893 500 1 P. Qty.: 1/12

Plastic primer REPLAST

Adhesive primer for most common plastics Contents

200 ml

Art. no. 0893 500 2 P. Qty.: 1/12

241

Adhesives and sealants

2C plastic adhesive Replast 30 s Contents Container Chemical basis Colour Working life Min. skin-formation time Conditions for skin-formation time Full curing speed/conditions Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Shelf life from production/conditions

50 ml Double cartridge Two-component polyurethane Black 30 s 30 s at 23°C and 50% relative humidity 0.5 mm/min/23°C and 50% relative humidity, moisture curing 15 to 25 °C -40 to 100 °C 24 Month/at 23°C and 50% relative humidity, no exposure to direct sunlight

Art. no. 0893 500 050 P. Qty.: 1/6

2C plastic adhesive Replast 90 s Contents Container Chemical basis Colour Working life Min. skin-formation time Conditions for skin-formation time Full curing speed/conditions Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Shelf life from production/conditions

Art. no. 0893 500 051 P. Qty.: 1/6

242

50 ml Double cartridge Two-component polyurethane Black 90 s 30 s at 23°C and 50% relative humidity 0.5 m/min/23°C and 50% relative humidity 15 to 25 °C -40 to 100 °C 24 Month/at 23°C and 50% relative humidity, no exposure to direct sunlight

Adhesives and sealants

2C plastic adhesive Replast 210 s Contents Container Chemical basis Colour Working life Min. skin-formation time Conditions for skin-formation time Full curing speed/conditions Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Shelf life from production/conditions

50 ml Double cartridge Two-component polyurethane Black 210 s 210 s at 23°C and 50% relative humidity 0.5 m/min/23°C and 50% relative humidity 15 to 25 °C -40 to 100 °C 24 Month/at 23°C and 50% relative humidity

Art. no. 0893 500 052 P. Qty.: 1/6

Reinforcement tape

Special fabric tape for the quick repairs of tears and holes with REPLAST plastic adhesives. Length

3.5 m

Art. no. 0893 500 6 P. Qty.: 1

Contour film

Special contour film for modelling REPLAST plastic glue Length

3.5 m

Art. no. 0893 500 7 P. Qty.: 1

243

Adhesives and sealants

Static mixing tube For 2C plastic adhesive Material Colour Length

PP - Polypropylene Red 74 mm

Art. no. 0891 486 P. Qty.: 25

Double cartridge gun

Cartridge gun for 50 ml double cartridges with a 1:1 mixing ratio • Made of sturdy metal • Dosing, mixing and discharge of highly viscous two-component adhesives • Accurate and consistent dosage Material Product weight (per item)

Art. no. 0891 893 485 P. Qty.: 1

244

Metall/Kunststoff 474 g

Adhesives and sealants

Profile rubber adhesive

Contact adhesive for universal use Good adhesion properties on a wide variety of substrates • High initial adhesion • Quick drying • Ready to use • Practical can with brush • Easy to spread • Resistant to the effects of water (including seawater), petrol, dilute acids and alkali solutions • Resistant to ageing • Cures to transparent • Silicone-free Contents Chemical basis Colour Min./max. flash-off time Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Shelf life from production

250 ml Polychloroprene Amber 10 min-90 min 18 to 35 °C -20 to +80 °C 24 Month

Art. no. 0890 100 014 P. Qty.: 1/22

Universal adhesive Extra

Neoprene-based contact adhesive • Can be easily applied to the surface to be adhered with a brush and toothed spatula. • Resistant to ageing • Good elasticity • Silicone-free Chemical basis Colour Max. final strength Min./max. processing temperature Shelf life from production

Solvent neoprene Brownish 24 h 15 to 25 °C 12 Month

Contents

Container

65.5 ml 185 ml 730 ml 4600 ml

Tube Tube Can Canister

Min./max. temperature resistance -20 to 125 °C -20 to 125 °C -20 to +110 °C -20 to 125 °C

Art. no.

P. Qty.

0893 100 021 0893 100 022 0893 100 023 0893 100 024

1/12 1/12 1/12 1

245

Adhesives and sealants

Spray adhesive

Fast-drying contact and assembly adhesive for all lightweight materials • Permanent firm hold for virtually all applications • Fast-drying • Adjustable spray nozzle • Silicone-free Contents Colour Min./max. temperature resistance Shelf life from production

500 ml Beige -40 to +60 °C 12 Month

Art. no. 0890 100 055 P. Qty.: 1/12

High-strength spray adhesive Plus

Contact adhesive with high immediate adhesive strength and high heat resistance • Excellent heat resistance up to 110°C • Fast-drying • Transparent hardening Contents Chemical basis Colour Min./max. flash-off time Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Shelf life from production

Art. no. 0890 100 064 P. Qty.: 1/12

246

400 ml Synthetic rubber Transparent 5 min-15 min 0 to 30 °C -20 to +110 °C 12 Month

Adhesives and sealants

Seam sealing Bond and Seal All-in-One

Hybrid-based sprayable and brushable seam sealant for restoring the original structure • Sprayable and brushable • Solvent-free • Permanently elastic after hardening • Can be painted over up to five days later • UV-resistant • Broad range of applications • Isocyanate-free, PVC-free and silicone-free Contents Chemical basis Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Shelf life from production

310 ml Hybrid polymer 5 to 30 °C -40 to +80 °C 15 Month

Colour Black Grey White

Art. no. 0893 236 130 0893 236 120 0893 236 110

P. Qty. 1/12 1/12 1/12

Art. no. 0893 226 0893 228 0893 227

P. Qty. 1/12 1/12 1/12

Sealant Dichtfix

Sprayable, MS polymer-based sealant for restoring the original texture following accident repair work. Broad range of applications Adheres to a large range of surfaces, even without a primer coat. High Shore A hardness The material is insensitive to mechanical loads. High tensile strength and elongation at break Seam also withstands strong movements/stretching. UV-stable Excellent ageing behaviour, even when seams are not painted. Can be painted over „wet on wet“ Isocyanate-free and silicone-free Contents Chemical basis Density/conditions Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Shelf life from production Colour Black Grey White

310 ml POP mixed polymer 1.48 g/cm³/at 23°C, 50% relative humidity 5 to 30 °C -40 to 80 °C 12 Month

247

Adhesives and sealants

Structural adhesive Bond+Seal

Elastic PU adhesive and sealant for a wide range of applications • For universal use • Approved for use with foodstuffs (ISEGA certificate) • Highly elastic • Long skin formation time enables complicated bonds and large-area bonds • Can be sanded/painted • Non-corrosive • Virtually odourless • Silicone-free Container Contents Chemical basis Colour Min./max. skin-formation time Full curing speed/conditions Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Max. short-term temperature resistance Shelf life from production/conditions

Tube 70 ml Single component polyurethane White 45-60 min 3 mm/d/23°C and 50% relative humidity, moisture curing 5 to 35 °C -40 to 90 °C 120 °C 12 Month/at 10°C to 25°C

Art. no. 0890 100 … Available in different versions. P. Qty.: 1/24

Proof of performance

ISEGA: Can be used where food is processed or stored, e.g. for bonding wall and floor areas in food processing companies. Clearance certificate no.: 41958 U 16

248

Elastic adhesives and sealants

Structural adhesive Bond + Seal Fast Fast-acting, brushable PU sealant

• Highly adhesive, permanently elastic sealing compound • Good stability • Short skin formation time • Can be painted over quickly • Approved for use with foodstuffs (ISEGA certificate) • Non-corrosive • Low-odour • Silicone-free Container Contents Chemical basis Colour Min./max. skin-formation time Full curing speed/conditions Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Max. short-term temperature resistance Shelf life from production/conditions

Cartridge 300 ml Single component polyurethane White 19-20 min 3 mm/d/23°C and 50% relative humidity, moisture curing 5 to 35 °C -40 to +90 °C 120 12 Month/at 10°C to 25°C

Art. no. 0890 100 7… Available in different versions. P. Qty.: 1/12/24

Proof of Performance

249

Elastic adhesives and sealants

Structural adhesive Bond and Seal Power Heavy-duty, elastic hybrid structural adhesive

Excellent adhesive range and high level of initial strength • Very good adhesion to almost all surfaces • Simple to attach components • Can be painted over before and after skin formation with all commercially available paint systems (except alkyd resin paints). • UV-resistant • NSF (P1) registered (no.136996) Container Contents Chemical basis Colour Min./max. skin-formation time Full curing speed/conditions Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Max. short-term temperature resistance Shelf life from production/conditions

Cartridge 300 ml Hybrid polymer White 30-40 min 3 mm/d/23°C and 50% relative humidity, moisture curing 5 to 40 °C -40 to +90 °C 150 12 Month/at max. 25°C

Art. no. 0893 235 … Available in different versions. P. Qty.: 1/12

Proof of performance

NSF-registered, Class P1, No. 136996

NSF = internationally recognised organisation for the supervision and registration of products used in the food processing sector

250

Elastic adhesives and sealants

Seam sealing Bond and Seal All-in-One

310 ml Hybrid polymer 5 to 30 °C -40 to +80 °C 15 Month Art. no. 0893 236 130 0893 236 120 0893 236 110

P. Qty. 1/12 1/12 1/12

251

Elastic adhesives and sealants

SMP adhesive sealant

Universal SMP-based elastic adhesive and sealant Universal applications indoors and outdoors • Very good, permanent adhesion to almost all surfaces • Effective resistance to UV and weathering • Not corrosive to metals • Suitable for bonding and sealing in food processing plants (ISEGA) Container Contents Chemical basis Colour Min./max. skin-formation time Full curing speed/conditions Min./max. processing temperature Min./max. temperature resistance Shelf life from production/conditions

Cartridge 290 ml Silane modified polymer White 15-20 min 3 mm/d/23°C and 55% relative humidity 5 to 40 °C -40 to +90 °C 18 Month/at 5°C to 25°C

Art. no. 0893 237 … Available in different versions. P. Qty.: 1/12

Proof of performance

ISEGA: Can be used where food is processed or stored, e.g. for bonding wall and floor areas in food processing companies. Clearance certificate no.: 42221 U16

252

253

254

CORROSION PROTECTION Page Corrosion protection

256 – 259

255

Corrosion protection

Stone chip protection AQUA

Climate-optimized, paintable, water-based stone chip protection. • Dries completely down to -10°C • Suitable for oven drying • Very easy to sand once completely dry Contents

Colour Black Grey

Art. no. 0892 070 100 0892 070 200

P. Qty. 1/12 1/12

Art. no. 0892 073 0892 072

P. Qty. 1/12 1/12

Underseal

Bitumen-based coating compound containing solvents, cannot be painted over

• With long-term protection and anti-humming effect • Resistant to splash water and salt water, weak acids and bases Colour

Black

Contents 500 ml 1000 ml

Underbody seal Special

Vapour-permeable underbody seal for use on wooden underbodies • Excellent adhesion to wood • No run-off on vertical surfaces • Highly resistant to ageing Contents Colour

Art. no. 0892 078 550 P. Qty.: 1/12

256

500 ml Black

Corrosion protection

Cavity wax

For repairs and long-lasting protection • High permeability and excellent penetration • High resistance to heat and good flexibility in the cold • Optimal corrosion protection from a layer thickness of just 50 µ Contents Colour

1000 ml Beige

Art. no. 0892 082 100 P. Qty.: 1/12

Gravel throw and underbody protection

Rubber-based coating compound containing solvents, can be painted over Can be painted over with many commercially available, solventbased and water-based one-component and two-component top coat paints Tip for pros • Various structures can be sprayed by varying the distance or pressure • The colour becomes darker after staining with clear varnish Contents 500 ml 500 ml 1000 ml 1000 ml

Colour Black Grey Black Grey

Art. no. 0892 075 250 0892 075 350 0892 075 200 0892 075 300

P. Qty. 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12

257

Corrosion protection

Wax underseal

Wax-based coating compound containing solvents, cannot be painted over • Permanently elastic with self-healing effect • Compatible with paint, rubber and PVC • Resistant to splash water and salt water, weak acids and bases

Contents 500 ml 500 ml 1000 ml 1000 ml

Colour Beige Black Beige Black

Underseal cup gun

For applying solvent- and water-based stone chip protection, underbody seal and cavity sealing products • Flexible range of applications • One application device for all applications • For restoring original textures on sill boards, wheel wells, undercarriages etc. • User safety • Excluding probes Art. no. 0891 110 500 P. Qty.: 1

Underseal gun

For applying stone chip and underseal products containing solvents. With variable spraying nozzle For restoring original structures of sill panels, wheel wells, undercarriages etc. Art. no. 0891 106 3 P. Qty.: 1

258

Art. no. 0892 079 500 0892 078 500 0892 079 100 0892 078 100

P. Qty. 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12

Corrosion protection

Pressure cup spray gun HRS 2 For applying cavity sealing products Strong, compact gun with • Steel pressure vessel • Quick-release coupling • 1 hollow probe for all-round misting • 1 hook probe for targeted use Art. no. 0891 130 P. Qty.: 1

Contents for art. no. 0891 130

1 x Nylon probe; 1 x Hook probe

259

260

MATERIAL TREATMENT Page Materal treatment Filling

262 – 265 266

Masking

267 – 269

Priming and filling

270 – 271

Lacquer sprays

272 – 275

Top coats and hardeners

276 – 286

Additional lacquering products

287

Spray gungs

288

Practical aids

289 – 291

Polishes and seals

292 – 296

Personal protective equipment

297

Skin protection

298 – 305

261

Material treatment

MATERIAL PROCESSING ABRASIVE Arizona dry abrasive paper for vehicles®

Arizona dry abrasive paper for vehicles®

Perfect SOFT

Perfect

For all lacquer repair work with intermediate and fine sanding. For fast, convenient sanding of hard-to-reach areas such as edges and curves, as an addition to dry sanding.

For sanding old lacquer, filler, putty, plastics, new parts for factory priming and matting of paint finishes. • Available grit: P40 – 600

• Width: 115 mm • Length: 25 m • Available grit: P150 – 800

Disk 150 mm Art. No. 5506 343 … PU/qty. 50/100

Roll, width x length: 115 mm x 25 m Art. No. 5506 247 … PU/qty. 1

Art. No. 5506 442 … PU/qty. 1

Useit® Superpad for vehicles The perforated sanding disk for filler and putty, HS top coats and water-based paints, as well as plastics and composite fiber materials (e.g. GFRP). • Material: C-paper, extra strong • Available grit: P80 – 600 • Available versions: round, rectangular, roll Art. No. 0581 3.. ... P. Qty. 1/25

Dimension/Version 50 dia. 75 dia. Ø 125 Ø 150 Ø 200 70 x 120 70 x 420 81 x 133 93 x 178 115 x 228 70 x 198 115 x 18 m

262

Art. No. 0581 300 0581 301 0581 302 0581 303 0581 304 0581 310 0581 311 0581 312 0581 313 0581 315 0581 317 0581 330

Grits 40 60

100

120

150

+ + + + + + + + +

180 + + + + + + + + + + +

220 + + + + + + + + + + +

240 + + + + + + + + + + +

320 + + + + +

400 + + + + +

500 + + + + +

600 P. Qty. + 25 + 25 + 25 + 25 + 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

Material treatment

Net Perfect sanding disk The net sanding disk for high material removal when sanding plaster, hard and soft wood, lacquer, fillers, putty, plastic and nonferrous metals. • Diameter: 150 mm, 225 mm • Available grit: P80 – P400 Art. No. 5506 393 … PU/qty. 25/50

Red Perfect® dry abrasive paper for vehicles

Daisy disk Microfine water sandpaper to remove dust inclusions and fine imperfections. • Grit: 2,000 • Adhesion system: Hook-and-loop

For sanding fillers and puttys, old lacquer, HS top coats and water-based paints, as well as new-part factory primers, plastics and composite fiber materials (e.g. GFRP). Diameter: 150 mm Available grit: P80 – P3000 Art. No. 0581 343 … PU/qty. 100

Art. No. 0584 200 0 PU/qty. 250

Round version

Nylon sanding fleece With shank • For use on electric drills, straight grinder�� xible shafts. • Round shank: 6 x 40 mm. Art. No. 0585 320 PU/qty. 5

Strip version

Art. No. 0581 ... ... P. Qty. 50/100

Ø x width in mm max. rpm

recomm. rpm Art. No.

60 x 13

5,000

10,000

P. Qty.

0585 320 5

Length x width

Grit

Art. No.

P. Qty.

70 mm x 125 mm

P100 – P400

0581 128 ...

100

70 mm x 198 mm

P80 – P400

0581 129 ...

50/100

70 mm x 400 mm

P80 – P400

0581 157 ...

50/100

115 mm x 230 mm

P80 – P400

0581 132 ...

50/100

263

Material treatment

Paint finish product range 113 pieces in the ORSY®System case for the professional processing of lacquered surfaces on lacquered surfaces. Contents: 2x professional vehicle polishes (P10 + P30); 100x hook-and-loop daisy disks P2000 r to remove dust inclusions and ��= imperfections; 1x sanding block set (sanding block, soft-interface, daisy disk moistener) 5x P2000 ��= sanding disks for vehicles for matting the surface; 2x "Orange" sanding pads, dia.: 90 mm; 1x "Green" sanding pad, dia.: 90 mm; 1x pneumatic polishing machine with speed control 1x hook-and-loop adhesive plate, dia.: 75 mm Art. No. 5964 089 308 PU/qty. 1

Small sanding materials product range Contents: 2x Mini-Disc 50 mm, 40 zirconium-corundum; 2x Mini-Disc 50 mm, 60 zirconium-corundum; 2x Mini-Disc 50 mm, 80 zirconium-corundum; 2x segmented sanding disk Flexi-Disc, 40 zirconium-corundum; 2x segmented sanding disk Flexi-Disc 50 mm, 60 zirconium-corundum; 2x segmented sanding disk Flexi-Disc 50 mm, 80 zirconium-corundum; 2x mini �� sandsanding disk 50 ing disk 50 mm, 36 zirconium-corundum; 2x mini �� mm, 40 zirconium-corundum; 2x mini �� sanding disk 50 mm, 60 zirconium-corundum; 1x holder Ø 50 mm, length: 65 mm; 1x Bristle-Disc 50 mm; disk 50 mm, 100/coarse; 2x Mini small ��= disk 50 2x Mini small ��= disk 50 mm, �� 1x Mini mm, 180/medium; 2x Mini small ��= compact small ��= disk 50 mm, grit: 400 – 600; 2x Mini nylon ��= disk 50 mm; 1x Mini polishing disk 50 mm; 1x pneumatic hand sander DSW 15; 1x system inlay foam; 1x system case

Plug-in nipple Art. No. 0699 100 614 order at the same time

Art. No. 5964 057 800 P. Qty. 1

Headlight restoration product range Professional 2-step system for detailing heavily weathered vehicle headlights. Contents: 1x DL Mini random orbital polishing machine; 1x plug-in nipple R 1/4" AG; 1x hook-and-loop support plate 80 mm; 1x hook-and-loop support plate M6; 1x soft-interface 80 mm; 1x adapter M14/6 mm; 2x white lambskin 80 mm; 3x orange polishing pad 90 mm; 1x hand sanding block; 1x precision crepe masking tape 38 mm; 1x P80 PC fast-grinding polish; 1x P90 PC high-gloss polish; 1x micr��= cloth; 1x PC plastic primer; 1x Rapid two-component clear lacquer; 5x ZEBRA® Useit Superpad P240; 5x ZEBRA® Useit Superpad P320; 5x ZEBRA® Useit Superpad P400; 2x ZEBRA® Useit Superpad SB500; 3x ZEBRA® Useit Superpad SB1000; 3x ZEBRA® Useit Superpad SB2000; 3x ZEBRA® Useit Superpad SB4000 Art. No. 5964 089 316 PU/qty. 1

264

Material treatment

POWER TOOLS Eccentric disc-type sander ETS 150-2.5-E COMPACT Lightweight, powerful one-handed random orbital sander with 2.5 mm stroke; ideal for achieving a perfect surface finish on wood and metal • Small dimensions for ex�� ocessing • Brushless EC motor ensures a long running time, great�� w maint�� ts and costs • Low-vibration operation and strong vibration absorption thanks to the rubberised, comfortable handle 2 Years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS Warranty for wear damage The current WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty conditions must be observed. 3 Years Warranty on manufacturing and material defects Excluded are damages caused by improper use, overloading or failure to observe the operating instructions. Nominal voltage

230 V/AC

Min./max. idle speed

4000-10000 rpm

Power input

Diameter of sanding plate Oscillating diameter Weight of machine Cable length

350 W

150 mm 2.5 mm

1.21 kg 4m

Art. No. 5707 710 0 PU/qty. 1 Contents for art. no. 5707 710 0

1 x Abrasive disc; 1 x Open-ended wrench

Eccentric disk-type sander ETS 150-E Compact Small, handy eccentric sander especially for sanding work on wood, metal and lacquer. • Very easy to handle and easy operation • Optimum adjustment • Low-vibration working • High removal rate • Long run time Art. No. 0702 124 0 PU/qty. 1

265

Puttying

PUTTYING Putty - a system for professional use in the motor vehicle and commercial vehicle industry Products with high quality fillers and resin combinations Your advantages: • Homogeneous and smooth surface puttying • Fast-hardening • Very easy sanding work with high abrasion and little dust produced • No sticking of the sandpaper when the surface is completely dry • Stepless transition from the substrate to ar�� ing professional sanding work Spray and filler systems guarantee a neutral substrate for further working Your advantage: • Can be used in conjunction with all commercially available top coat systems (observe the top coat manufactur��F

Description

Content

VAKU 10 Injection ��

950 ml + 50 ml hardener PE injection ��= for �� pores, uneven areas and sanding grooves after �� work over large areas. Features: Quick drying, very easy to sand. 970 g + 30 g hardener Putty for �� closing of existing pores and for repairing small scratches, grooves and unevenness. As a top layer for VAKU 40 �� . 1,960 g + 40 g hardener Features: Finely harmonized ��= and resin combinations, easy sanding, pore-free ��

0892 601 01 1/6

870 g + 30 g hardener Multi-functional ��= with outstanding properties. Can be used as �� = or ��= �� . 1,960 g + 40 g hardener Features: Easy to sand, broad adhesive range including all galvanizing.

0892 603 01 1/6

2,640 g + 60 g hardener

0892 603 03 1/4

VAKU 40 ��

1,760 g + 40 g hardener Putty for �� and leveling deep uneven spots and scratches. Features: Easy to sand, broad adhesive range including all galvanizing.

0892 604 02 1/4

VAKU 50 Plastic ��

970 g + 30 g hardener

0892 605 01 1/6

VAKU 60 Tin-Metallic putty

1,760 g + 40 g hardener Polyester resin-based putty with aluminum pigmentation. For the most demanding quality require- 0892 606 02 1/4 ments in vehicle and body construction. Finely coordinated ��= and resin combinations guarantee top quality. Very well suited to �� deep unevenness. Features: Fine-pored, easy to sand, very broad adhesive range including aluminum and galvanized surfaces. Can be used as a substitute for ��= zinc. 1,760 g + 40 g hardener Putty containing �� glass for �� large uneven spots, holes and cracks. For the repair of �� 0892 607 02 1/4 glass-reinforced plastics and small rust spots. Features: Adhesion to sheet metal, aluminum and galvanized surfaces, very easy to sand. 970 g + 30 g hardener Laminating resin for repairing large holes and damage on GFRP parts in conjunction with �� 0892 608 01 1 glass mats and fabrics

VAKU 20 Fine ��

VAKU 30 Universal ��

VAKU 70 Glass �� VAKU 80 Repair Resin

Area of use

Filler for the repair of scratches, recesses and contours on plastic parts. Features: Elastic, quick-drying, easy to sand.

Vaku 90 Fiberglass Mat 1 m²

Fiberglass mat for working with VAKU 80 Repair Resin

hardener

–

40 g

266

180 ml

P. Qty.

0892 602 01 1/6 0892 602 02 1/4

0892 603 02 1/4

0892 609 01 1 0892 600 004 1 0892 600 006 1

60 g Filling tin substitute

Art. No.

For the bodywork on metallic surfaces, especially for modeling and touching up repair areas. Features: Good adhesion to aluminum, iron and steel, can be painted over, can be sanded with little dust, optimum � xural strength, resistant to gasoline, diesel and diluted acids, non-shrinking, lead-free.

0892 610 180

1/6

Masking

MASKING 1

Crepe masking tape

High-quality crepe masking tape for professional painting jobs Width (in mm) Length (in mm) Thickness (in mm) Art. No.

P. Qty.

0.18

0992 615

0.18

0992 619

0.18

0992 625

0.18

0992 630

0.18

0992 638

0.18

0992 650

Crepe masking tape

Width (in mm) Length (in mm) Thickness (in mm) Art. No. 15

0.13

Not UV-resistant, limited shelf life. Remove the masking tapes immediately after finishing painting!

P. Qty.

0992 001 5 20 0992 001 9 16 0992 002 5 12 0992 003 0 10 0992 003 8 8 0992 005 0 6

Adhesive boundary tape

Width x Length x Thickness: 6 mm x 66 m x 0.07 mm Art. No. 0992 66 PU/qty. 24

AREAS OF APPLICATION FOR MASKING TAPES Masking during painting 1 ZEBRA masking tape Art. No. 0992 6 … High-quality crepe masking tape for painting jobs. Very well suited to water-based painting systems. • Carrier: Special paper latex impregnate • Adhesive strength in N/mm: 10.5/25 • Tear resistance in 100 h N/cm: 42 • Elongation at tear in %: 10.5 • Temp. resistance in °C: —20 to +110 • Color: Brown • Working temp. in °C: +15 to +40 ®

Masking during painting 2 Cover Tape Art. No. 0992 00 … Standard crepe adhesive tape for general masking work and painting jobs. • Carrier: weakly creped paper • Adhesive strength in N/mm: 7.5/25 • Tear resistance in 100 h N/cm: 36 • Elongation at tear in %: 10 • Temp. resistance in °C: +5 to +80 • Color: Cream-white • Working temp. in °C: +10 to +25

Contouring tapes 3 Sharp-edged covering on smooth surfaces. • Carrier: Hard PVC • Adhesive strength in N/mm: 9/25 • Tear resistance in 100 h N/cm: 60 • Elongation at tear in %: 60 • Temp. resistance in °C: -30 to +70 • Color: Red • Working temp. in °C: +10 to +25

267

Masking

Easy Masking Tape

Light precision crepe masking tape

Multi-part special tape for hard-to-reach areas in the automotive sector, for example for seals

Special paper tape for standard protective masking requirements when painting

• Width: 50 mm • Length: 10 m) • Total thickness: 0.38 mm

• Width: 30 mm • Length: 50 m) • Color: green

Art. No. 0992 050 010 PU/qty. 24

Art. No. 0992 000 130 PU/qty. 8/32

Precision crepe masking tape

Strong precision crepe masking tape

Very thin and clinging flat crepe masking tape for the most stringent masking requirements in the automotive, metal and painting sectors

Fiber-reinforced special paper tape for the most stringent masking requirements in the painters, metal and automotive sectors.

Our adhesive tapes are all available in different sizes!

• Width: 30 mm • Length: 50 m) • Color: Orange Art. No. 0992 000 530 PU/qty. 8/32 Width (in mm) Length (in mm) Thickness (in mm) Art. No.

P. Qty.

0.08

0992 000 319 12/48

0.08

0992 000 325 9/36

0.08

0992 000 330 8/32

0.08

0992 000 338 6/24

0.08

0992 000 350 6/24

"Light" Cover Paper

Paper Dispenser Cart For easy handling of masking paper

• Paper smooth on one side, vellum, brown • Reverse side smoothed • Suitable for standard dispensers • 48 g/m² • Length: 300 m)

• Saves space • Enables q�� ork on vehicles • Large wheels for secure and easy maneuvering in the workshop Art. No. 0891 899 700 PU/qty. 1

Roll width (in cm) Weight (kg)

Art. No.

0899 700 820

3.1

8.7

0899 700 860

13.0

0899 700 890

120

17.3

0899 700 892

150

21.6

0899 700 895

268

P. Qty.

Masking

Würth Mask

Paint Protection Film Mask Light

• Color adhesiv�� • Light gray transparent • Waterproof, tear-proof, lint-free and highly � xible • Material: PE • Note: The outside of t�� ries the Würth imprint

• Color adhesiv�� • Light transparent • Easy to cut, micropore-proof, guaranteed 100% lacquer-impermeable (no color bleed-through) • Material: PE - polyethylene

Description

Size (m)

Art. No.

P. Qty.

Masking ��= (17 μm)

4.0 x 200

0818 106 400

Masking ��= (17 μm)

5.0 x 150

0818 106 500

Hood (17 μm)

6.3 x 4

0818 106 630

Masking ��= (10 μm)

4.0 x 200

0818 103 400

Art. No. 0818 103 400 PU/qty. 1

Find out more about the disposal concept for Würth Mask from your Würth sales representative.

Soft Mask easy

Film Dispenser Trolley

Special seal for painting work

For easy handling of paint protection films

• Self-adhesive on one edge • Re-releasable

• Large wheels for easy maneuvering in the paint shop • �� aut, very sturdy construction with caster. In combination with paint prot��= complete vehicle can be covered by one person. • Film easy to cut with special U-pr�� ail

Contents: 1 box approx. 20 mm x 50 m Areas of application: Protects vehicle interior against paint mist during painting. Sealing �� of doors, bonnets, trunk lids, sun roofs, fuel ��= doors. Art. No. 0818 300 050 PU/qty. 1

Color

to be processed

Art. No.

Blue

Metal

0891 818 106

P. Qty. 1

Silver

Metal

0891 818 107

269

Primers & fillers

PRIMERS & FILLERS

Metalyt Corrosion coating and welding primer repair coating for re-galvanizing with TITANID formula For the original application and repair of damaged zinc phosphate layers on body panels and vehicle parts Your advantages: • Excellent welding properties, as permanently temperature-stable up to 300°C • Ideal substrate structure for all bodywork and painting work • �� ver • Can be painted over with all commercially available 1-component and 2-component top coat systems • Bonds to steel, aluminum, tin and many plastics • Very good functionality in conjunction with PU and MS polymer sealing compounds Color: silver-gray Contents: 400 ml Art. no. 0893 214 420 P. Qty. 1/6/12

270

Primers & fillers

PRIMERS 1

FILLER SPRAYS

Zinc 300

Thick primer filler

Corrosion protection with excellent filling and covering power for metallic surfaces

• Paintable corrosion protection • Temperature-resistant up to approx. 300°C Description

Contents (in ml)

Art. No.

P. Qty.

Color

Contents (in ml)

Art. No.

P. Qty.

Zinc 300

500

0892 200

1/6

Gray

400

0893 212 1

1/6

Rust-Stop primers

Active corrosion protection for metallic surfaces

2C Multi-Fill

Multifunctional 2-component epoxy primer filler with a very wide range of applications and outstanding options for working

Color

Contents (in ml)

Art. No.

P. Qty.

�� e

400

0893 210 1

1/12

Color

Contents (in ml)

Art. No.

P. Qty.

Red-brown

400

0893 210 2

1/12

Beige

400

0893 213 1

1/6

Rust-Stop Quattro

Fast-drying universal primer with a broad range of applications

Contents (in ml) Art. No. 400

0893 214 1

P. Qty. 1/12

4 IN 1 Primer, Adhesion promoter, corrosion protection, Etch primer (weldable)

Primer Filler

Active corrosion protection with very good filling properties for metallic surfaces Color

Contents (in ml)

Medium gray Light gray

Art. No.

P. Qty.

0893 211 101

Dark gray 400

0893 211 102

1/12

0893 211 103

271

Lacquer Sprays

LACQUER SPRAYS Quattro Lacquer Spray Versatile, satin-finish thick-coat lacquer spray with excellent covering and anti-rust properties. Pay attention to the minimum coat thickness (see tech. data sheet)

3 + 1 QUATTRO Corrosion protection, Primer, paint and mobile application in one product

Color tones for Quattro Lacquer Spray Contents: 400 ml With a fan nozzle Color tone

Color number

Art. No.

Signal yellow

RAL 1003

0893 391 003

��= yellow

RAL 1007

0893 391 007

Pale ivory

RAL 1015

0893 391 015

Rapeseed yellow

RAL 1021

0893 391 021

Yellow-orange

RAL 2000

0893 392 000

Blood orange

RAL 2002

0893 392 002

Pure orange

RAL 2004

0893 392 004

Deep orange

RAL 2011

0893 392 011

Flame red

RAL 3000

0893 393 000

Signal red

RAL 3001

0893 393 001

Carmine red

RAL 3002

0893 393 002

Tr�� red

RAL 3020

0893 393 020

Ultramarine blue

RAL 5002

0893 395 002

Gentian blue

RAL 5010

0893 395 010

Light blue

RAL 5012

0893 395 012

Sky blue

RAL 5015

0893 395 015

Moss green

RAL 6005

0893 396 005

Reseda green

RAL 6011

0893 396 011

Yellow-green

RAL 6018

0893 396 018

Silver-gray

RAL 7001

0893 397 001

Anthracite gray

RAL 7016

0893 397 016

Black gray

RAL 7021

0893 397 021

Pebble gray

RAL 7032

0893 397 032

Light gray

RAL 7035

0893 397 035

Cream white

RAL 9001

0893 399 001

Grey-white

RAL 9002

0893 399 002

Jet black

RAL 9005

0893 399 005

Pure white

RAL 9010

0893 399 010

Graphite black

RAL 9011

0893 399 011

Nova gray

MB 7350

0893 397 350

Shine spray

–

0893 39

272

P. Qty.

1/6

DID YOU KNOW? To increase the shine by approx. 30% and to improve the gasoline resistance, painting over with gloss ��= spray, Art. No. 0893 39, can be done after 15 minutes �� time.

Lacquer Sprays

Lacquer sprays in permanent nitroalkydal quality – to a high technical standard High nitroalkydal quality Your advantages: • Quick drying • High gloss w • �� Can be painted onto all familiar primers, filler products and types of paint Your benefit: • Wide range of uses, e.g. metal and steel construction, commercial vehicles, bodywork, radiators, window construction, etc.

Description

Contents (in ml)

Art. No.

Matte

400

0893 32 …

Satin gloss

400

0893 34 …

Special

400

0893 35 …

High gloss

400

0893 36 …

High gloss

600

0893 33 …

P. Qty.

1/12

ACCESSORIES FOR WÜRTH LACQUER SPRAYS Nozzle heads Spraying width: Three �� ent spray heads, in combination with a specially adjusted pressure ratio, enable a spraying strength of any width.

Round nozzle Wide jet Art. No. 0891 094 PU/qty. 1

Contour nozzle Fine jet Art. No. 0891 096 PU/qty. 1

Fan nozzle Medium jet Art. No. 0891 095 PU/qty. 1

Spraymaster Art. No. 0891 090 P. Qty. 1

273

Lacquer Sprays

RAL color tones for lacquer sprays (nitroalkydal quality) Color tone

Color No. Art. No. Matte

P. Qty. Satin gloss

Special

Contents: 400 ml, with a round nozzle

High gloss, with a fan nozzle Contents: 400 ml

Contents: 600 ml 0893 331 007

��= yellow

RAL 1007

Pearl white

RAL 1013

0893 361 013 0893 361 015

Pale ivory

RAL 1015

Sulfur yellow

RAL 1016

0893 331 016

Zinc yellow

RAL 1018

0893 331 018 0893 361 021

Rapeseed yellow

RAL 1021

Broom yellow

RAL 1032

Yellow-orange

RAL 2000

Blood orange

RAL 2002

Pure orange

RAL 2004

Deep orange

RAL 2011

Flame red

RAL 3000

Carmine red

RAL 3002

0893 333 002

Ruby red

RAL 3003

0893 333 003

Tr�� red (Coca Cola)

RAL 3020

Fluoresc. Luminous bright red, 3-coat

RAL 3026

Ultramarine blue

RAL 5002

Sapphire blue

RAL 5003

Brilliant blue

RAL 5007

0893 335 007

Gentian blue

RAL 5010

0893 335 010

Steel blue

RAL 5011

0893 335 011

Light blue

RAL 5012

Sky blue

RAL 5015

Tr�� blue

RAL 5017

Turquoise blue

RAL 5018

Emerald green

RAL 6001

0893 331 032 0893 332 000 0893 362 002 0893 332 004 0893 332 011 0893 343 000

0893 333 000

0893 333 020 0893 353 026 0893 335 002 0893 365 003

0893 335 012 0893 345 015

0893 335 015 0893 335 018

0893 346 001

Leaf green

RAL 6002

0893 366 002

Moss green

RAL 6005

0893 366 005

Grass green

RAL 6010

0893 366 010

Reseda green

RAL 6011

0893 366 011

NATO olive (BW)

RAL 6014

Yellow-green

RAL 6018

Opal green

RAL 6026

Mint green

RAL 6029

NATO olive

RAL 6031

Silver-gray

RAL 7001

Anthracite gray

RAL 7016

0893 337 016

Black gray

RAL 7021

0893 337 021

Graphite gray

RAL 7024

Pebble gray

RAL 7032

0893 326 014 0893 336 018 0893 336 026 0893 366 029 0893 326 031 0893 367 001

0893 337 024 0893 347 032

0893 367 032

Light gray

RAL 7035

0893 367 035

Chocolate brown

RAL 8017

0893 368 017

Cream white

RAL 9001

0893 349 001

Grey-white

RAL 9002

0893 349 002

Jet black

RAL 9005

0893 349 005

0893 369 001 0893 339 002 0893 369 005

0893 339 005

0893 329 005*

Matt black

RAL 9005

Black matt, heat-resistant 650°C

RAL 9005

White aluminium

RAL 9006

Pure white

RAL 9010

0893 349 010

0893 339 010

Graphite black

RAL 9011

0893 349 011

0893 339 011

Tr�� white

RAL 9016

Tr�� black

RAL 9017

274

0893 365 017

12/24 0893 359 005 0893 339 006

0893 369 016 0893 339 017

Lacquer Sprays

Special colors for lacquer sprays (nitroalkydal quality) Color tone

Color No. Art. No. Matte

P. Qty. Satin gloss

Special

Contents: 400 ml, with a round nozzle

High gloss, with a fan nozzle Contents: 400 ml

Contents: 600 ml

Satin black

VW 110

0893 349 110

Dark gray/plastics

VW 115

0893 349 115

Black/plastics

Fiat 120

0893 349 120

Galinite gray

MB 129

0893 349 129

Deep dark gray

MB 167

0893 349 167

Chassis red (oxblood)

MB 3575

MB Actros gray

MB 7329

0893 347 329

Nova gray

MB 7350

0893 347 350

Argentite gray

MB 7354

0893 347 354

Arctic white

MB 9147

0893 339 147

Winter white

Volvo 1103

0893 331 103

White

Iveco 194

0893 33 194

Chassis red

IC 105

0893 333 105

0893 333 575 0893 337 350

Police white

L 93 Z VW

0893 361 864

Construction machine yellow

4464

0893 364 464

0893 360 200

Caterpillar yellow Hammer tone silver

1187

0893 351 187

Hammer tone gold

1873

0893 351 873

Pearl silver

1895

0893 351 895

Rim silver

1900

0893 351 900

Brilliant white

1911

0893 351 911

Clear lacquer silk matt

1920

0893 351 920

Clear lacquer high gloss

1930

0893 351 930

Customized RAL and special colors All uni color tones can be reproduced as desired. Description

Contents (in ml)

Art. No.

Satin gloss

400

0893 330

Matte

400

0893 331

Silk matt

400

0893 332

High gloss

400

0893 333

Quattro

600

0893 339

P. Qty.

Please note: Specify the exact color tone description such as RAL number, original color tone number, paint manufacturer number and manufacturer's name in the item-related text. For a �� charge, customized special color tones can also be reproduced from a color sample. Your order cannot be processed without this information. Delivery time from order date: 3 days

275

Top coats & hardeners

TOP COATS & HARDENERS Solvent-based paints and lacquers ordinance – ChemVOCFarbV The purpose of this ordinance is to limit the content of volatile organic compounds in certain paints and lacquers for coating buildings, their components and decorative components as well as in vehicle painting products so as to reduce air pollution resulting from the contribution of volatile organic compounds to the formation of ground-level ozone. On the basis of the paints and lacquers ordinance ChemVOCFarbV of 12.16.2004, all paint suppliers are required to inform customers that paints that do not meet the VOC directive must not be used for painting buildings of any kind in civil engineering, components e.g. prefabricated parts and doors, or for vehicle r��K The current repair system of Adolf Würth GmbH & Co. KG comprises a total of seven very high quality primers and nine paints.. Of these, three products are prohibited for use in vehicle r��= and for coating buildings and their components. This applies in particular to two-layer base coat, container paint and synthetic resin paint. However, working with these products is permitted if this is done in a facility in accordance with Art. 31. of the German Immissions Control Ordinance (BlmSchV) and that they are not used for painting vehicles in the context

EXAMPLE: 2C HS top coat Permitted maximum VOC content: 420 g/l Würth 2C HS top coat: VOC content: 417 g/l Art. No. 5866 202 …

276

of repairs, and for the restoration and maintenance of buildings and their components. Würth expressly draws its customers' attention to the legislation and marks VOC-compliant products with this logo in product information:

The labels of our paints are marked accordingly with the maximum permissible content of volatile organic compounds as well as the maximum VOC value and the relevant product category.

277

Top coats & hardeners

Paint systems

Uses and applications

1-component primers 1-component synthetic resin primer Art. No. 5866 101 …

As an anti-corrosive primer and intermediate coat on steel, cast iron, sheet metal, e.g. vehicle frames, metal construction, bridge construction, metal tanks, etc. Can also be used as a transport coating in steel construction (minimum coat thickness 40 μm)

1-component universal primer Art. No. 5866 100 …

As a primer ��= and bonding agent for leveling steel, aluminum or zinc surfaces.

1-component Aqua Primer Art. No. 5866 107 103

As an environmentally-friendly, water-thinnable, chromate-free primer for iron, steel, aluminum or zinc surfaces and old paintwork with good adhesion.

1-component synthetic base Art. No. 5866 106 101

As a bonding agent for top coats on plastic surfaces.

2-component primer 2-component universal primer Art. No. 5866 103 …

As a bonding agent for surfaces that are �� to paint, such as aluminum, zinc, copper, brass and GFRP. As a primer ��= to level out minor damage or sanding marks on machines and constructions. Can also be used outdoors.

2-component epoxy primer Art. No. 5866 104 105

As a high-quality primer in mechanical engineering, boat building, agriculture, trucks and chemical transporters. Excellent as a primer for aluminum and chassis structures such as in buses, because it can be ��= over.

2-component HS �� Art. No. 5866 102 …

For �� sanded paintwork, factory primers or smoothed surfaces. For the surface structure on top vehicle paintwork with �� ent surfaces.

1-component top coats 1-component synthetic resins Art. No. 5866 300 …

For high-gloss lacquering of machines and structures indoors and outdoors.

1-component container lacquer Art. No. 5866 301 …

For quick, inexpensive painting of containers, machines and devices.

1-component thick�� lacquer Art. No. 5866 203 …

For priming or painting containers, chassis, attachments, tractors, agricultural and construction machinery, winter service equipment, gates, frames, troughs and devices etc.

Aqua 1-component brushing lacquer Art. No. 5866 302 …

For high-quality painting of primed metal substrates as well as m �ly-adhering old coats based on dispersion or synthetic resin, and wooden components both indoors and outdoors.

2-component top coats 2-component HS top coat Art. No. 5866 202 …

For painting commercial vehicles, agricultural machinery, tractors, machines and attachments. Can be used for high-quality paintwork in trade fair construction and model-making.

2-component thick�� lacquer Art. No. 5866 204 …

For high-quality coating of facades, machines and constructions. Can also be used as a single-layer lacquer. Also suitable for brushing or rolling. Light textured spraying possible. Can be used as a textured paint without adding thinner.

2-Component HS clear lacquer, VOC Art. No. 5866 200 …

As a top coat for two-coat paintwork with base coats in metallic and plain applications.

2-component HS clear lacquer REFLOW Art. No. 5866 201 …

As a top coat for two-coat paintwork with base coats in metallic and plain applications. Scratch-resistant based on R�� w technology.

Two-coat paints Two-coat base coat Art. No. 5866 304 103

For high-quality complete painting of metal and plastic components and constructions indoors and outdoors in conjunction with 2-component clear lacquer VOC Art. No. 5866 200 … or 2-component clear lacquer R�� w Art. No. 5866 201 … Amount consumption for normal applications and normal substrates: approx. 1 kg/l for 7 – 10 m²

This information is only a recommendation based on our experience. Test product before use! Check color tone before use!

278

Top coats & hardeners

Mixture Universal thinner, Art. No. 0823 440… Thinning adjustment depending on coat thickness 10 – 15% Acrylic thinner, Art. No. 0823 400 … Universal thinner, Art. No. 0823 440 … Thinning adjustment depending on coat thickness – 50 % Thinning adjustment depending on coat thickness 2 – 7 % water Use in the as-delivered state

By weight: 10:1 with primer hardener, Art. No. 5866 401 … Acrylic thinner, Art. No. 0823 400 … 15 – 20 % depending on coat thickness Can be colored up to 10% with 2-component acrylic lacquers By weight: 5:1 with epoxy hardener, Art. No. 5866 402 101 Universal thinner, Art. No. 0823 440 … Thinning adjustment depending on coat thickness -25 vol. % By volume: 4:1 with primer hardener, Art. No. 5866 401 … Acrylic thinner, Art. No. 0823 400 …

Universal thinner, Art. No. 0823 440 … Hardener thinner, Art. No. 5866 501 101 Thinning adjustment depending on coat thickness 15 – 20 % Universal thinner, Art. No. 0823 440 … Thinning adjustment depending on coat thickness 0 – 20 % Universal thinner, Art. No. 0823 440 … Thinning adjustment depending on coat thickness – 15 % Thinning adjustment depending on coat thickness 10 – 15 % water

By volume: 3:1 with 2-component top coat hardener, Art. No. 5866 400 … Acrylic thinner, Art. No. 0823 400 … Thinning adjustment depending on coat thickness 5 – 10 vol. % By weight: Brushing: 10:1 with brushing hardener, Art. No. 5866 403 101 Spraying: 5:1 with top coat hardener, Art. No. 5866 400 … Acrylic thinner, Art. No. 0823 400 … Thinning adjustment depending on coat thickness up to 10 % By volume: 2:1 2-component HS top coat hardener, Art. No. 5866 400 … Acrylic thinner, Art. No. 0823 400 … Thinning adjustment depending on coat thickness 5 – 10 vol. % By volume: 2:1 with 2-component HS top coat hardener, Art. No. 5866 400 … Acrylic thinner, Art. No. 0823 400 … Thinning adjustment depending on coat thickness 10 – 15 vol. %

By volume: 2:1 with acrylic thinner, Art. No. 0823 400 …

279

Top coats & hardeners

1-COMPONENT PRIMERS 1-component universal primer High-filling, easy-flowing 1-component acidic primer with outstanding adhesion to iron, steel, aluminum and zinc. Please note: Specify color code in item-related text!

The all-rounder

Note on working: To prevent adhesion problems, pretreat galvanized substrates with zinc cleaner, Art. No. 0893 460 100.

Contents in kg

Available color tone

Art. No.

P. Qty.

FC0001, FC0002,

5866 100 101

FC0003

5866 100 105

FC0002, FC0003

5866 100 125

Maximum permissible VOC content: 780 g/l of product category 2 (e) ChemVOC FarbV. Max. VOC content: 734 g/l

FC0001 = red, FC0002 = beige, FC0003 = dark gray

1-component synthetic resin primer High-coverage synthetic resin primer with very good working properties and active corrosion protection thanks to zinc phosphate. Can also be used as a transport coating in steel construction. Please note: Specify color code in item-related text! Note on working: To prevent adhesion problems, pretreat galvanized substrates with zinc cleaner, Art. No. 0893 460 100. Contents in kg

Available color tone

Art. No.

P. Qty.

FC0004, FC0005

5866 101 105

5866 101 125

Permissible maximum VOC content: 540 g/l of product category 2 (e) ChemVOC FarbV. Max. VOC content: 496 g/l

FC0004 = gray, FC0005 = red-brown

1-component Aqua Primer Water-thinnable zinc phosphate primer for iron, steel, zinc and aluminum.. Please note: Specify color code in item-related text! Note on working: No processing on coarsely sandblasted substrates (coat thickness not ��= For this: Use 2-component epoxy primer or 2-component universal primer! To prevent adhesion problems, pretreat galvanized substrates with zinc cleaner, Art. No. 0893 460 100.

Contents in kg

Available color tone

Art. No.

P. Qty.

FC0002

5866 107 103

Maximum permissible VOC content: 140 g/l of product category 1 (i) ChemVOC FarbV and 540 g/l of product category 2 (c) ChemVOC FarbV. Max. VOC content: 540 g/l

FC0002 = beige

This information is only a recommendation based on our experience. Test product before use! During use, both the Technical Data Sheet and the ��= in the respective guidelines must be observed.

280

Top coats & hardeners

2-COMPONENT PRIMERS 2-component epoxy primer Ideal as a barrier primer and insulation, can be filled over with polyester putty after it has hardened. Chemical-resistant primer providing very good adhesion and the best corrosion protection properties. Please note: Specify color code in item-related text! Note on working: To prevent adhesion problems, pretreat galvanized substrates with zinc cleaner, Art. No. 0893 460 100.

Contents in kg

Available color tone

Art. No.

P. Qty.

FC0006

5866 104 105

Maximum permissible VOC content: 540 g/l of product category 2 (e) ChemVOC FarbV. Max. VOC content: 565 g/l

FC0006 = light gray

2-component universal primer Very well-adhering primer with good filling properties (up to 100 μm) and excellent corrosion protection. Please note: Specify color code in item-related text! Note on working: To prevent adhesion problems, pretreat galvanized substrates with zinc cleaner, Art. No. 0893 460 100.

Contents in kg 5 25

Available color tone FC0006

Art. No. 5866 103 105 5866 103 110

P. Qty. 1

Maximum permissible VOC content: 540 g/l of product category 2 (e) ChemVOC FarbV. Max. VOC content: 517 g/l

FC0006 = light gray

2-component HS filler Quick-drying, acrylic filler with high solids content and excellent stability for thick layers (up to 300 μm). Please note: Specify color code in item-related text! Note on working: To prevent adhesion problems, pretreat galvanized substrates with zinc cleaner, Art. No. 0893 460 100.

Contents in kg

Available color tone

Art. No.

P. Qty.

FC0002, FC0006

5866 102 104

Maximum permissible VOC content: 540 g/l of product category 2 (e) ChemVOC FarbV. Max. VOC content: 488 g/l

FC0002 = beige, FC0006 = light gray

This information is only a recommendation based on our experience. Test product before use! During use, both the Technical Data Sheet and the ��= in the respective guidelines must be observed.

281

Top coats & hardeners

1-COMPONENT TOP COATS 1-component container lacquer Weather-resistant, single-layer lacquer with outstanding corrosion protection properties and high coverage. Pay attention to the minimum coat thickness (see tech. data sheet). Available color tones: See index list Please note: Specify color tone with RAL or original color number and vehicle manufacturer in the item-related text. Your order cannot be processed without this information! Note on working: To prevent adhesion problems, pretreat galvanized substrates with zinc cleaner, Art. No. 0893 460 100. Did you know? For accelerated drying and increased resistance, Hardener Thinner Art. No. 5866 501 101 can be used in place of thinner. When using Hardener Thinner: Not suitable for rolling.

Color category

Gloss level

Silk matte

Contents

Art. No.

5 kg

5866 301 105

25 kg

5866 301 125

5 kg

5866 301 205

25 kg

5866 301 225

According to ChemVOCFarbV of 12.16.2004, this product may not be used for vehicle refinishing or for coating buildings, their components and decorative elements.

P. Qty.

1-component thick-film lacquer Primer, corrosion protection and lacquer in one product. Pay attention to the minimum coat thickness (see tech. data sheet). Available color tones: See index list Please note: Specify color tone with RAL or original color number and vehicle manufacturer in the item-related text (see index list). Your order cannot be processed without this information! Note on working: To prevent adhesion problems, pretreat galvanized substrates with zinc cleaner, Art. No. 0893 460 100. Did you know? For better resistance to gasoline, chemicals and UV, as well as for accelerated drying and improved surface hardness. Use Hardener Thinner Art. No. 5866 501 101 in place of Universal Thinner. When using Hardener Thinner: Not suitable for rolling.

Maximum permissible VOC content: 420 g/L of product category 2 (d) ChemVOC FarbV. Max. VOC content: 420 g/l Color category

Gloss level Satin gloss

Corrosion protection, primer and lacquer in one product

5866 203 101

5 kg

5866 203 105

Silk matt

5 kg

5866 203 106

5 kg

5866 203 107

Satin gloss

Art. No.

1 kg

Matte

Satin gloss

3 IN 1

Contents

25 kg

5866 203 125

1 kg

5866 203 201

5 kg

5866 203 205

Silk matt

5 kg

5866 203 206

Matte

5 kg

5866 203 207

Satin gloss

25 kg

5866 203 225

This information is only a recommendation based on our experience. Test product before use! During use, both the Technical Data Sheet and the ��= in the respective guidelines must be observed.

282

P. Qty.

Top coats & hardeners

Aqua 1-component brushing lacquer Water-dilutable acrylic resin lacquer for high-quality lacquering of primed metal surfaces and wood components both indoors and outdoors. Available color tones: See index list Please note: Specify color tone with RAL or original color number and vehicle manufacturer in the item-related text. Your order cannot be processed without this information! Note on working: To prevent adhesion problems, pretreat galvanized substrates with zinc cleaner, Art. No. 0893 460 100. Maximum permissible VOC content: 150 g/l of product category 1 (d) ChemVOC FarbV and 420 g/l of product category 2 (d) ChemVOC FarbV 79 g/l

Color category 1 2

Gloss level

Contents

Satin gloss

3 kg

Art. No. 5866 302 103 5866 302 203

P. Qty. 1

1-component synthetic resin lacquer Fast-drying, highly weather-resistant synthetic resin lacquer for machines and structures. Available color tones: See index list Please note: Specify color tone with RAL or original color number and vehicle manufacturer in the item-related text. Your order cannot be processed without this information! Note on working: To prevent adhesion problems, pretreat galvanized substrates with zinc cleaner, Art. No. 0893 460 100. Did you know? For accelerated drying and increased resistance, Hardener Thinner Art. No. 5866 501 101 can be used in place of thinner. When using Hardener Thinner: Not suitable for rolling.

Color category

Gloss level

Glossy

Contents

Art. No.

1 kg

5866 300 101

5 kg

5866 300 105

1 kg

5866 300 201

5 kg

5866 300 205

P. Qty.

According to ChemVOCFarbV of 12.16.2004, this product may not be used for vehicle refinishing or for coating buildings, their components and decorative elements.

This information is only a recommendation based on our experience. Test product before use! During use, both the Technical Data Sheet and the ��= in the respective guidelines must be observed.

283

Top coats & hardeners

2-COMPONENT TOP COATS 2-component thick-film lacquer Primer, corrosion protection and paint with very high resistance in one product. Available color tones: See index list Please note: Specify color tone with RAL or original color number and vehicle manufacturer in the item-related text. Your order cannot be processed without this information! Note on working: To prevent adhesion problems, it is essential to pretreat galvanized substrates with zinc cleaner, Art. No. 0893 460 100. We recommend 2-component epoxy primer as a pre-treatment for objects that have a high level of chemical contamination. Color category 1

Gloss level

Contents

Art. No.

Satin gloss

5 kg

5866 204 105

Silk matte

5 kg

5866 204 106

Matte

5 kg

5866 204 107

Satin gloss

5 kg

5866 204 205

Silk matt

5 kg

5866 204 206

Matte

5 kg

5866 204 207

P. Qty.

Maximum permissible VOC content: 420 g/L of product category 2 (d) ChemVOC FarbV. Max. VOC content: 420 g/l

2C HS top coat High-solid HS acrylic lacquer with high resistance to UV and weathering. Use 2-component primer hardener in a mixing ratio of 2: 1 for faster drying. Available color tones: See index list Please note: Specify color tone with RAL or original color number and vehicle manufacturer in the item-related text. Your order cannot be processed without this information! Note on working: To prevent adhesion problems, pretreat galvanized substrates with zinc cleaner, Art. No. 0893 460 100.

Color category 1

Gloss level Glossy Satin gloss

Glossy Satin gloss

Contents

Art. No.

1 kg

5866 202 101

3 kg

5866 202 103

3 kg

5866 202 104

1 kg

5866 202 201

3 kg

5866 202 203

3 kg

5866 202 204

P. Qty.

Maximum permissible VOC content: 420 g/L of product category 2 (d) ChemVOC FarbV. Max. VOC content: 420 g/l

This information is only a recommendation based on our experience. Test product before use! During use, both the Technical Data Sheet and the ��= in the respective guidelines must be observed.

284

Top coats & hardeners

2-component HS clear lacquer High-solid acrylic clear lacquer with increased resistance to scratching for complete and partial painting of passenger cars and commercial vehicles. Available color tone: transparent

Description

Contents

Art. No.

REFLOW*

5 kg

5866 201 105

1 kg

5866 200 101

5 kg

5866 200 105

VOC

Maximum permissible VOC content: Reflow 2-component HS clear lacquer: 840 g/l of product category 2 (e) ChemVOC FarbV. Max. VOC content: 565 g/l

P. Qty.

2-component HS clear lacquer VOC: 420 g/L of product category 2 (d) ChemVOC FarbV. Max. VOC content: 420 g/l

* Special lacquer based on R�� w technology.

TWO-COAT PAINTS

HARDENER PRODUCTS

Two-coat base coat

2-component HS top coat hardener

High-solid, fast-drying, high-coverage base lacquer. Contents: 3 kg. Art. No. 5866 304 103 PU/qty. 1

2-component primer hardener 2-component epoxy hardener 2-component brushing hardener

Available color tones: Index list + ��= color tones (metallic, pearl �� uni) Please note: Specify color tone with RAL or original color number and vehicle manufacturer in the item-related text. Your order cannot be processed without this information!

According to ChemVOCFarbV of 12.16.2004, this product may not be used for vehicle refinishing or for coating buildings, their components and decorative elements.

Description 2-component HS top coat hardener 2-component primer

This information is only a recommendation based on our experience. Test product before use! During use, both the Technical Data Sheet and the ��= in the respective guidelines must be observed.

hardener 2-component epoxy hardener

Uses and applications

Art. No.

Drum

2-component acrylic lacquers, 2-compo- 5866 400 101 1 l nent clear lacquers, 2-component thick- 5866 400 105 5l ��= lacquers 5866 401 101 1 l 2-component HS �� , 5866 401 105 5 l 2-component universal primer 2-component epoxy primer

5866 402 101

1 kg

285

Top coats & hardeners

COLOR CATEGORIES EXTRACT Most common color tones for top coats (see the color index list for more color tones) Color category 2 – RAL, special colors

Color category 1 – RAL color 1000

6000

7003

8000

1003

1034

3003

3027

1001

6001

7004

8001

1004

2000

3004

3031

1002

6002

7005

8002

1005

2001

3005

4001

1011

6003

7006

8003

1006

2002

3007

4002

1013

6004

7008

8004

1007

2003

3011

4003

1014

6005

7009

8007

1012

2004

3012

4004

1016

2008

3013

4005

1015

6006

7010

8008

1019

6007

7011

8011

1017

2009

3014

4006

1020

6008

7012

8012

1018

2010

3015

4007

1024

6009

7013

8014

1021

2011

3016

4008

1027

6010

7015

8015

1023

2012

3017

4009

5000

6012

7016

8016

1028

3000

3018

4010

5001

6013

7021

8017

1032

3001

3020

5002

6014

7022

8019

1033

3002

3022

As well as original, special colors and special �� (base coat)

5003

6015

7023

8022

5004

6016

7024

8023

5005

6017

7026

8024

5007

6018

7030

8025

5008

6019

7031

8028

5009

6020

7032

9001

5010

6021

7033

9002

5011

6022

7034

9003

5012

6024

7035

9004

5013

6025

7036

9005

5014

6026

7037

9006

5015

6027

7038

9007

5017

6028

7039

9010

5018

6029

7040

9011

5019

6032

7042

9016

5020

6033

7043

9017

5021

6034

7044

9018

5022

7000

7045

MB7350

5023

7001

7046

5024

7002

7047

EXAMPLE

Client wants e.g. RAL 7016: Select color category 1 as per the table, assign article number to Category 1 and specify the color tone in the item-related text.

286

EXAMPLE

Client wants e.g. RAL 2010: Select color category 2 as per the table, assign article number to Category 2 and specify the color tone in the item-related text. For special color tones Select color category 2 and enter the exact original color tone number in the item-related text.

IMPORTANT! Enter only the color code (e.g. "RAL 5010"). The computer system recognizes information such as "RAL 5010 please" as incorrect.

Additional lacquering products

LACQUER ADDITIVE PRODUCTS 1-component plastic primer Hardener thinner Universal thinner Acrylic thinner Acrylic thinner, short Silicone remover

Description

Uses and applications

Art. No.

Drum

1-component plastic primer

Assists adhesion of synthetic lacquer ��

5866 106 101

Hardener thinner

For accelerated drying for 1-component synthetic resin lacquer, 1-component 5866 501 101 container lacquer 1-component thick�� uer

Universal thinner

For most Würth lacquer products (except 2-component acrylic products)

0823 440 6 0823 440 30

6l 30 l

Acrylic thinner

For 2-component acrylic products and 1-component thick coat lacquer

0823 400 0

Acrylic thinner, short

For 2-component acrylic products and 1-component thick coat lacquer

0823 400 1

Silicone remover

For cleaning all surfaces before lacquering

0893 222 600 0893 222 0893 222 5 0893 222 20

600 ml 1l 5l 20 l

SR Plastic Bonding Agent

Zinc Cleaner

Plastic bonding agent for use in spot repairs on plastic parts such as PP, PP/ EPDM, ABS, SAN, PC, PA, PUR RIM, R TPU, PPO, PBT, PUR soft foam, UP GF plastics

Ammoniacal wetting agent cleaner for galvanized surfaces • Cleans and degreases fresh galvanized surfaces in particular –– Prevents intermediate adhesion problems –– Activating the top coat makes the paint adhere even better • Suitable for the preparation of hot-dip galvanized, spraygalvanized and electrolytically galvanized surfaces • Versatile

• Homogeneous yield rate –– Uniformly thin wetting of the spot area • High yield thanks to constant atomization pressure • Excellent adhesion build-up • Fast-drying

Color tone

Contents Art. No. ml

transparent 400

5867 000 125

P. Qty.

Contents in l

Drum

1/6

Round bottle 0893 460 100 1

Art. No.

P. Qty.

287

Spray guns

SPRAY GUNS

Complete with 600 ml plastic cup, connecting nipple, tool set and 1.4 mm nozzle

3 Allround spray gun AP Complete with 600 ml plastic cup, connecting nipple, tool set and 1.6 mm nozzle

Art. No. 0891 700 500 PU/qty. 1

Art. No. 0891 700 05 PU/qty. 1

ZEBRA® spray gun DP 12

Allround spray gun AP HVLP

Polyester filler gun AP-P

Complete with 600 ml plastic cup, connecting nipple, tool set and 1.7 mm nozzle

Complete with 600 ml plastic cup, tool set and 2.5 mm nozzle

Art. No. 0891 700 07 P. Qty. 1

Art. No. 0891 700 10 PU/qty. 1

288

Practical aids

PRACTICAL AIDS Disposable interchangeable cup system ICS lid Integrated air, � w and paint stop valve Art. No. 0705 800 161 PU/qty. 100 Filter sieve (blue ring) 125 μ Art. No. 0705 800 152 PU/qty. 100 Lacquer mixing cups Capacity: 750 ml Art. no. 0705 800 120 PU/qty. 25

Filter sieve (green ring) 200 μ Art. No. 0705 800 162 PU/qty. 100 Matching lid for closing Art. No. 0705 800 121 P. Qty. 25

Adapter for interchangeable cup (ICS) Spray gun Iwata Sata Devilbiss Sata

Connection 16 x 1.5 mm Thread QCC

Art. No.

P. Qty.

0891 700 225 0891 700 226 0891 700 227

0891 700 228

Premium paint scraper

Paint swabs

Professional ceramic paint scraper for fast removal of paint defects

Ideal aid for repairing stone strikes and repairing minor paint damage.

Art. No. 0586 250 250 PU/qty. 1

Blue, standard 0890 586 701 P. Qty. 1

White, �� 0890 586 703 P. Qty. 1

Yellow, medium 0890 586 702 P. Qty. 1

Color Cards For determining color tones

RAL color tones Art. No. 0705 800 010 PU/qty. 1

Color card Agricultural and construction machines Art. No. 0705 800 015 PU/qty. 1

289

Practical aids

Sensor Covers Enables fast and reliable covering of integrated parking sensors during lacquering and polishing.

Art. No. 0818 108 018 PU/qty. 1

Lacquer mixing cups

Vinyl zapper

Disposable mixing cups for mixing and storing lacquering materials and pickling. Integrated mixing scales (1:1, 2 :1, 3 :1, 4 :1 and 5 :1).

For removing adhesive residues and films on metal surfaces. Art. No. 0585 93 PU/qty. 1

Filter sieve • Disposable sieve f�� ering lacquers, paints, primers, chemicals and other liquids • Color coding system for easy visual recognition of the mesh size Description

Size ml

Scale

Art. No.

P. Qty.

Cup

385

Up to 300 ml

0705 800 110

Cup

750

Up to 550 ml

0705 800 120

Cup

1,400

Up to 1,100 ml

0705 800 130

Cup

2,300

Up to 1,900 ml

0705 800 140

Lid

385

–

0705 800 111

Lid

750

–

0705 800 121

Lid

1,400

–

0705 800 131

Lid

2,300

–

0705 800 141

Dust binder cloth • Dust binding cloth for binding t�� t dust before lacquering work • Harmless impregnation • Silicone-free • No drying out, unlimited shelf life • Can be used for all wood, metal and plastic surfaces Art. No. 0899 700 001 PU/qty. 5

290

Description

Mesh color

Art. No.

Nylon �� er sieve 125-my

Blue

0899 700 111

P. Qty. 250

Nylon �� er sieve 190-my

Yellow

0899 700 110

100

Practical aids

Nylon brush

Universal brush

Art. No. 0693 30 P. Qty. 10

Art. No. 0693 08 31 PU/qty. 10/50

Touch-up paint brush Art. No. 0693 311 5 PU/qty. 10

Paper roll

Wipe 500 Tex

The all-rounder for the most common cleaning tasks.

Cleaning cloth for lint-free cleaning of surfaces in the car, metal and painting area.

Art. No. 0899 800 … P. Qty. 2

Roll Art. No. 0899 800 880 P. Qty. 1

Matching Cleaning paper stand Art. No. 0899 800 606

PRACTICAL AID IPA cleaner Art. No. 0893 223 500

Universal cleaning cloth Art. No. 0890 900 90 PU/qty. 1

Ask your Würth sales representative about the varied introductory opportunities!

Softex

Spatula

Reusable fabric all-round wiping cloth for dry and wet wiping jobs.

surfaces.

Art. No. 0899 800 … PU/qty. 1

For applying and smoothing putty and plaster on smaller 4-part Japanese spatula set*, stainless steel Art. No. 0695 940 930 P. Qty. 1

Spatula, plastic Width: 115 mm Art. No. 0899 471 1 PU/qty. 10

* 1 piece each: 50, 80, 100, 120 mm width

291

Polishes & sealants

POLISHES & SEALS POLISHES P05

P10

P20

High-performance abrasive polish

Fast cut polish

High-gloss polish

Contents: 250 g. Art. No. 0893 150 012 PU/qty. 1/15

Contents: 250 g. Art. no. 0893 150 022 PU/qty. 1/15

Contents: 1 kg. Art. no. 0893 150 010 PU/qty. 1/6

Contents: 1 kg. Art. no. 0893 150 020 PU/qty. 1/6

Contents: 5 kg. Art. No. 0893 150 015 PU/qty. 1

Contents: 5 kg. Art. no. 0893 150 025 PU/qty. 1

Recommendation:

Polishing pad,

green

blue

Contents: 250 g. Art. no. 0893 150 006 P. Qty. 1/15 Contents: 1 kg. Art. no. 0893 150 005 PU/qty. 1/6

Tip

Our IPA cleaner is ideal for use as a checking spray

Polishing pad, green

Polishing pad, blue

Extra-hard

Hard

∅ 90 mm, Art. No. 0585 025 090, P./Qty. 4 ∅ 145 mm, Art. No. 0585 025 145, P./Qty. 2 ∅ 170 mm, Art. No. 0585 025 170, P./Qty. 2

∅ 90 mm, Art. No. 0585 027 090, P./Qty. 4 ∅ 145 mm, Art. No. 0585 027 145, P./Qty. 2 ∅ 170 mm, Art. No. 0585 027 170, P./Qty. 2

292

Polishes & sealants

P30

One Step Polish

Anti-hologram polish

3 in 1

Contents: 250 g. Art. no. 0893 150 032 PU/qty. 1/15

Contents: 250 g. Art. no. 0893 150 062 P. Qty. 1/15

Contents: 1 kg. Art. no. 0893 150 030 PU/qty. 1/6

Contents: 1 kg. Art. no. 0893 150 060 PU/qty. 1/6

Recommendation:

Polishing pad,

orange

blue

Polishing pad, orange Soft ∅ 90 mm, Art. No. 0585 026 090, P./Qty. 4 ∅ 145 mm, Art. No. 0585 026 145, P./Qty. 2 ∅ 170 mm, Art. No. 0585 026 170, P./Qty. 2

293

Polishes & sealants

SEALING Perfect paint seal

Legendary Premium carnauba wax

Long-term sealant with high carnauba wax content and micro-abrasives for a perfect finish.

Top-class Premium carnauba wax. Contents: 200 g. Art. no. 0893 014 200 P. Qty. 1

Contents: 1 kg. Art. no. 0893 013 001 PU/qty. 1/6 Contents: 250 g. Art. no. 0893 013 250 PU/qty. 1/15

Exclusive finishing wax for the most stringent requirements!

Recommendation: Product working by hand or polishing sponge for sensational results!

Polishing pad, orange

OUR MICROFIBER CLOTH RECOMMENDATIONS Big microactive cloth

Basic microactive cloth

High-power microfiber cloth for drying after wet cleaning in the automotive sector.

Microactive cloth ideal for vehicle preparation and care.

Size: 70 x 50 cm Art. no. 0899 900 135 P. Qty. 2

Size: 40 x 40 cm Art. no. 0899 900 050 P. Qty. 50

Microactive cloth 3D Clean High-performance cloth ideal for all polishing, care and cleaning processes thanks to its special honeycomb structure. Art. no. 0899 900 141 P. Qty. 3

Duo micro-active cloth

Clean & Polish micro-active

Professional Micro-Active Cloth

Microactive cloth with

cloth

Microactive cloth for professional maintenance

two different sides.

Size: 40 x 40 cm Art. no. 0899 900 138 P. Qty. 1

Microfil cloth for cleaning and polishing smooth surfaces.

Size: 40 x 40 cm Art. no. 0899 900 150 P. Qty. 10

cleaning and vehicle preparation.

Size: 40 x 40 cm Color: Blue Art. No. 0899 900 131 PU/qty. 3 Also available in red Art. No. 0899 900 132 and yellow Art. No. 0899 900 133

294

Polishes & sealants

POLISHING MACHINES EPM 160-E eccentric polishing machine

PM 200-E polishing machine

Compact and powerful with 1,010 watt motor and 8 mm polishing stroke for high efficiency. Ideally suited for hologram-free polishing thanks to the permanent positive drive.

Powerful polishing and burnishing machine in a small, handy design.

• Compact, ergonomic, quiet • Constant electronics • Steplessly adjustable speed • Soft start for slow, sensitive, jerk-free machine starting without splashing the polish • Overload protection and temperature monitoring

• Very handy and light • Safe and targeted polishing • Double reduction gearbox allows for very low speed • Increased safety for the user • Soft start and restarting protection (after power failure) Art. No. 0702 453 0 PU/qty. 1

Art. No. 5707 500 0 PU/qty. 1

• Available in fleet management ORSY®fleet • 2 years WÜRTH MASTERPLUS warranty on wear damage

THE RIGHT ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR POLISHING WORK Polishing disk 3 in 1

Premium black lambskin

Three-part polishing disk for securing polishing pads, lambskin etc. with hook-and-loop holder.

Art. No. 0585 135 PU/qty. 1

Manual polishing sponge For ergonomical paint preparation.

Art. No. 058601 145 P. Qty. 1

Orange. Soft polishing sponge Art. No. 0585 126 130 PU/qty. 1

Lambskin, white Art. No. 0585 235 PU/qty. 1 Black. Extra-soft polishing sponge

Available in three versions

Art. No. 0585 128 130 PU/qty. 1

295

Polishes & sealants

The Clay series – cleaning tools for professionals. Efficient deep cleaning and ideal preparation of painted surfaces for the best possible polishing results. • ��tlessly removes stuck residue and dirt from painted surfaces that cannot be removed by conventional cleaning, and creates a mirror-smooth surface. • Particularly gentle cleaning thanks to very low heat generation and

the absence of aggressive cleaning agents. • Washable and reusable • �� gy and costs

Cleaning pad

Cleaning glove

Cleaning cloth

L x W: 210 mm x 140 mm

L x W: 320 mm x 300 mm

Art. No. 0585 300 210 PU/qty. 1

Art. No. 0585 300 320 PU/qty. 1

Cleaning sponge

with hook & loop, 150 mm L x W: 110 mm x 70 mm dia. Art. No. 0585 300 110 Art. No. 0585 300 150 PU/qty. 1 PU/qty. 1

296

Personal Protective Equipment

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT Painter's set

Disposable masks FFP 2 NR D

Disposable masks FFP 3 NR D

Art. No. 0899 110 503 PU/qty. 15

Art. No. 0899 110 505 PU/qty. 5

Art. No. 0899 110 523 PU/qty. 15

Art. No. 0899 110 525 PU/qty. 10

Safety goggles

Disposable protective overalls

Reusable painting overalls

Cetus X-treme

made of Tyvek Pro-Tech

Art. No. 0899 102 380 PU/qty. 1

Art. No. 0899 020 … PU/qty. 5

Art. No. 0899 025 … PU/qty. 1

1 x half-mask HM 175; 2 x combination filter A2P3 RD Art. No. 0899 175 020 P. Qty. 1

Nitril disposable glove Art. No. 0899 470 … P. Qty. 50/100

Test now and create your individual glove plans. Just register for the Würth Online Shop and get started.

297

Skin protection

SKIN PROTECTION SKIN LINE manual dispenser system

Art. No. 0891 900 500 P. Qty. 1

SKIN LINE touchless dispenser system

Electric dispenser for non-contact dispensing of skin protection, skin cleansing and skin care products in the workshop area Art. No. 0891 900 501 PU/qty. 1 Test now and create your skin protection plans. Just register for the Würth Online Shop and get started.

Skin-Set Sensor

For light dirt 2x skin protection lotion Combi; 6x Washing and shower gel; 1x skin care lotion; 1x wall rail; 3x Touchless dispenser system

Art. No. 0988 043 720 PU/set 1

For medium dirt 2x skin protection lotion Combi; 6x hand cleaner N-Active; 1x skin care lotion; 1x wall rail; 3x Touchless dispenser system

Other SKIN sets are available in the Würth Online Shop!

Art. No. 0988 043 723 P. set 1

For heavy dirt 3x skin protection lotion Combi; 6x hand cleaner N-Super; 1x skin care lotion; 1x wall rail; 3xTouchless dispenser system Art. No. 0988 043 726 PU/set 1

298

Skin protection

N-Special hand cleaner

N-Active hand cleaner Hand cleaner for medium to heavy dirt with natural abrasives made from olive seed flour. In a practical 250 ml flip-top bottle.

Hand cleaner for heavy dirt from paints, resins and adhesives, with natural abrasives made from olive seed flour. In a practical 250 ml flip-top bottle.

Art. No. 0890 600 614 PU/qty. 1/12

Art. No. 0890 600 617 PU/qty. 1/12

N-Super hand cleaner

Wash and shower gel

Hand cleaner for heavy to extremely heavy dirt, with natural abrasives made from olive seed flour. In a practical 250 ml flip-top bottle.

Mild cleaning gel for skin and hair. Also suitable for looking after sensitive skin. Art. No. 0890 600 615 PU/qty. 1/12

Art. No. 0890 600 616 P. Qty. 1/12

All containers are also available as refill packs for dispensers!

Skin Protection Lotion Ultra

Combi Skin Protection Lotion

Skin Care Lotion

Dirt-repellent, water-soluble skin protection lotion to prevent dirt from sticking. In a practical 250 ml flip-top bottle.

Universal skin protection lotion with a dual action principle. For protection when working with frequentlychanging materials. In a practical 250 ml flip-top bottle.

Skin care and regenerating lotion for use after washing and showering. In a practical 250 ml flip-top bottle.

Art. No. 0890 600 118 PU/qty. 1/12

Art. No. 0890 600 120 P. Qty. 1/12

Art. No. 0890 600 218 PU/qty. 1/12

299

Accessories

Cutting disc for steel and stainless steel Ceraline Longlife & Speed

Cutting disc made from high-performance ceramic abrasive grain with an extremely long service life, maximum cutting performance and optimum cutting properties, especially in very hard and demanding workpieces as well as solid materials. Specially designed for steel and stainless steel. • High-performance ceramic abrasive grain and optimum binding system • Hardly any reworking necessary • Considerably less stress on the user Versatility Service life Cutting ability (point system) Handling/user-friendliness (point system) Cut quality (point system) Diameter x thickness Drill hole Design Max. rotation speed Max. circumferential speed Color Coding System

●●●○ ●●●● ●●●● ●●●● ●●●● 115 x 1 mm 22.23 mm Straight 13300 rpm 80 m/s ▉ Steel ▉ Stainless steel

Art. no. 0664 831 150 P. Qty.: 1/10

Proof of performance

Complies with the highest safety requirements of European Standard EN 12413

300

Accessories

Rough grinding disc for steel and stainless steel Ceraline Longlife & Speed

The rough grinding disc, specially designed for steel and stainless steel, made of high-performance ceramic abrasive grain with an extremely high service life, maximum removal rate and optimum sanding properties. • High-performance ceramic abrasive grain and optimum binding system for, among other things, extremely long service life • Considerably less stress on the user • Very high safety reserves and extremely low susceptibility to breakage and free of iron, chlorine and sulphur Diameter x thickness Drill hole Design Max. rotation speed Versatility Service life Removal speed Removal performance Color Coding System

125 x 7 mm 22.23 mm Cranked 12250 rpm ●●●○ ●●●● ●●●● ●●●● ▉ Steel ▉ Stainles steel

Art. no. 0664 881 257 P. Qty.: 1/10

Proof of performance

Complies with the highest safety requirements of European Standard EN 12413

301

Accessories

Battery-powered LED head lamp DCM

Daylight lamp — switch the colour temperature from warm white (4,500 Kelvin) for light surfaces, to cold white (6,500 Kelvin) for dark surfaces • Sensor-controlled on/off • 2-level lighting: 50% (80 lumens) and 100% (160 lumens) • Wide beam Min. colour rendering index (CRI) Colour temperature Colour temperature 2 Luminous flux Luminous period Charging time Impact resistance IP protection type, lamp

96 4500 K 6500 K 160 lm 2.5 h 3h IK07 IP 65

Art. no. 0827 809 119 P. Qty.: 1

Includes USB charger

Proof of performance

CRI+ colour rendering index (average of all 15 R values) for precise and reliable colour rendering

302

Accessories

Battery-powered LED work lamp DCM

Daylight lamp — switch the colour temperature from warm white (4,500 Kelvin) for light surfaces, to cold white (6,500 Kelvin) for dark surfaces • 2-in-1 dual system

can be powered with or without a charging cable (mains connection).

• Lithium-ion battery technology

Short charging time; lamp can be used for long periods

Min. colour rendering index (CRI) Colour temperature Colour temperature 2 Min./max. luminous flux Min./max. luminous period Charging time Impact resistance IP protection type, lamp IP protection type charger Protection class lamp Protection class charger Type of rechargeable battery/battery Nominal voltage Rechargeable battery/battery capacity Min./max. charging voltage Min./max. frequency Power rating Cable type Power-lead length Min./max. operating temperature Width x height x depth Plug type

96 4500 K 6500 K 250/2500 lm 1-14 h 2h IK07 IP 67 IP 20 Protection class III/safety extra-low voltage Protection class II/protective insulation Li-lon 11.1 V/DC 4400 mAh 100-240 V/AC 50/60 Hz 26 W H05RN-F2x0.75 mm2 5m -10 to 40 °C 236 x 233 x 85 mm E, F

Art. no. 0827 981 119 P. Qty.: 1

Includes 5-m charging cable (mains connection)

Proof of performance

CRI+ colour rendering index (average of all 15 R values) for precise and reliable colour rendering

303

Accessories

Battery LED hand-held lamp DCM

Daylight lamp — switch the colour temperature from warm white (4,500 Kelvin) for light surfaces, to cold white (6,500 Kelvin) for dark surfaces • 180° swivelling lamp head • 2-level lighting 50% (250 lumen) and 100% (500 lumen) • High-performance magnetic base • Retainer clip with plastic hook: Can be rotated 360° and folded away • COB LED technology • Lithium-ion battery technology • Remaining capacity / charging status indicator Min. colour rendering index (CRI) Colour temperature Colour temperature 2 Luminous flux Luminous period Charging time Impact resistance IP protection type, lamp IP protection type charger

96 4500 K 6500 K 500 lm 2h 4h IK07 IP 65 IP 20

Art. no. 0827 940 119 P. Qty.: 1

Includes USB charger

Proof of performance

CRI+ colour rendering index (average of all 15 R values) for precise and reliable colour rendering

304

Accessories

LED work lamp DCM

Daylight lamp — switch the colour temperature from warm white (4,500 Kelvin) for light surfaces, to cold white (6,500 Kelvin) for dark surfaces • 5-level lighting: 500-5000 lumen • COB LED technology • Adjustable beam angle, for use with roller stand Luminous flux Colour temperature IP protection class Protection class Min./max. nominal voltage Min./max. frequency Cable type Power-lead length

5000 lm 4500 K IP 67 Protection class I/protective grounding 100/240 V/AC 50/60 Hz H05RN-F3G1 mm2 5m

Art. no. 0981 181 119 P. Qty.: 1

Proof of performance

CRI+ colour rendering index (average of all 15 R values) for precise and reliable colour rendering

Roller stand

For DCM LED work lamps • Two lockable wheels for secure and steady positioning • 360° locking system • Max. load 10 kg • Powder-coated steel Suitable for Min./max. height Material

LED site lamp DCM 5000 lumens, LED Battery-site lamp DCM 2500 lumens 700-1900 mm Plastic/steel

Art. no. 0981 105 119 P. Qty.: 1

305

306

307

BODYSHOP PRODUCT RANGE Würth Ltd Würth Centre Mdina Road Zebbug, ZBG 9016 Tel: (+356) 2149 4604 e-mail: sales@wuerth.com.mt eshop.wuerth.com.mt

No reproduction without prior permission. We reserve the right to make changes in the technical field leading to the improvement of the articles’ quality, as well as changes of design, model and color. While stocks last. Illustrations may be example illustrations that may diff er in appearance from the goods supplied. Errors excepted. We shall not be liable for any printing errors.